19th October 2021
Mostly still working on the large Bourne End project, but I don’t have many pictures yet as it still looks like a building site! There have been a few breaks though, including a long weekend with American Pie, and a short holiday in and around Sidmouth. I do have a few pictures very kindly sent in by Andrew Cowie, and we can see some of the models from his collection shown in the various cabinet dioramas.
A pair of Andrew’s wonderful 7mm scale locomotives rest in the new shed interior diorama. The Armstrong designed 0-6-0 ‘850’ class saddle tank No 997 was from an extensive class built at Wolverhampton between 1874 and 1895. They proved to be extremely useful and popular locomotives thanks to their lively performance and wide route availability. In light of this, they had an incredibly long life, with the last of them being withdrawn as pannier tanks as late as 1951! The model was built some time ago by Tony Reynalds, with a three panel water tank, and it’s shown here in the Swindon dark Brunswick green livery, lined on cab, with Indian red lower detail and no company insignia. It shares the display cabinet with an Adams 0415 class radial tank No 415. Originally rostered for London suburban traffic, the class was soon displaced to the countryside by Drummond’s M7 class. Most were scrapped around the end of the First World War, and were due to be withdrawn by 1929. However, they turned out to be ideal for the severely curved Lyme Regis branch line, and three were retained for this duty until 1962, when suitable replacements became available. One has survived and can be found on the Bluebell Railway. Andrew Cowie
Another view of the 1882 built Beyer Peacock Adams Radial 4-4-2T. These were initially outshopped in early LSWR passenger Yellow Ochre/Brown livery with the initials ‘LSW’ on the water tank sides but it’s not a commonly modelled scheme. The later ‘Passenger Sage Green’ livery is usually adopted, with brown edging and black and white lining. Numbering was done in gilt. Andrew Cowie
The Swindon, Marlborough and Andover Railway obtained a single example of a Fairlie 0-4-4T to augment the three existing 0-6-0T engines already at work. After a short trial period, the locomotive was bought for £1000, and began work as No 4. It was quite a success at first, but there were a series of reliability problems later on, as well as high maintenance costs and coal consumption issues. It makes for a fascinating model though, and it’s seen here in the platform of the Chisledon Station diorama. Andrew Cowie
I rather like the lighting on this photo, and it shows the left hand end of the Chedworth diorama including the local stone built village school house which still exists today.
This GWR King Class 4-6-0 was recently finished by Tony, and I arranged the diorama so that the locomotive could rest in a comfortable viewing position while have its tender replenished from the drab looking coaling stage. Andrew Cowie
The Midland South Western Junction 2-6-0 engines were built by Beyer Peacock to the same basic drawings as a class supplied to the New South Wales Government Railways. The first of two engines was delivered on 31st May 1895, and the cramped footplate conditions became unpopular with crews. Apart from the cab, the engines were perfectly good and able to pull trains of up to 60 wagons along the steeply graded line, but the small wheel diameters made these two goods engines quite unsuitable for passenger work Andrew Cowie
In December 1881, the board of the Swindon Marlborough and Andover Railway Company recognised the need to source three new engines, and a standard Beyer Peacock design was deemed suitable. They were to be numbered 5 – 7 and were delivered the following year. They turned out to be quite satisfactory in service only suffering from some poor riding, particularly when running bunker first. Not surprisingly, there are a great many similarities to the Metropolitan and District Railway 4-4-0Ts of the same period, and this particular locomotive is displayed in the later lined lake livery of the MSWJR. Andrew Cowie
A Metropolitan Railway Beyer Peacock ‘A’ class 4-4-0T as they appeared in their later years.
Richard Ellis has recently built a new diorama, and it features a bit more of an ‘open country’ feel. Neil has done the natural scenic cover and I came up with a rear panel to lend a bit of distance. By all means have a look at Richard’s FB page using the link below if you like the look of it.
https://www.facebook.com/monksgatemodels
Detail of gate and backscene.
The Missenden Abbey Modellers Spring 2022 weekend has been confirmed as running from Friday 4th to Sunday 6th of March, and hopefully it will go ahead without any further setbacks. It is expected that the content will broadly reflect our traditional spring weekend offerings of
4mm Locomotive & Kit Construction
7mm Locomotive & Kit Construction
Painting & Lining
Scenery & Backscenes
Weathering
This course list is provisional, however, and there may be other courses that will run alongside these to be announced in the coming weeks.
Courses are residential on a full board basis but if you live locally, you can come in daily at a reduced fee. Non-residential attendance still include lunches and evening meals. We run two weekends a year.
We aim to help you build a model or develop a project that’s well on its way to completion by the time you go home – and, above all, to enjoy yourself. Though not generally suitable for the outright beginner, the courses are ideal for the modeller with basic skills or knowledge wanting to make further progress or feeling their working methods need refreshment. It’s an ideal opportunity for existing modellers to enhance their skills etc. If you want to ask about the suitability of any course please do use the contact page. We particularly welcome modellers returning to the hobby, keen to make up lost ground after years devoted to family and career. Here’s a quick link to some of the illustrated articles from last years online event, Some of the pages have the odd gap here & there, but the content is the main thing!
We can prepare and paint a short test section of backscene for your layout at a Missenden Spring Weekend. This is a 2D example, and it’s blended into the scale scenery to get the job done in a small space. Philip Hall/Model Railway Journal
Now and again, I come across interesting CGI animations more or less by chance, and with an eye for realism this Spitfire simulation beckoned me. The chap who narrates the animation clearly knows his stuff and I found myself swept away by the knowledgeable and enthusiastic narrative as well as the very convincing portrayal. By all means give it a try using the link below. I thoroughly enjoyed it.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OyhZljn4vC8
Neil, Paul and Nigel are still working on Kingswear and I will be back before too long to work out some more detailing and to pick up the formica signal box diagram panel, which needs to be hand painted in GWR style.
This background shows the look of Kingswear with it’s wharves and houses in the last few years of the GWR. It looks a lot more brightly coloured and touristy nowadays, but that’s really where the interest of backscene work comes into play. It’s all about studying the reference material and winding back the clock. Paul Woodward.
3 of the latest coal wagons with Neil’s weathering treatment applied. Paul Woodward
Overall sepia tone view of the station and goods shed area. There’s still quite a lot to add, as well as including figures and vehicles, we still need to place the cranes, the yard lamps etc. Paul Woodward.
The original water tower, still in it’s pre war colour scheme. Paul Woodward
A number of suitable carriages have recently been acquired to make up a local passenger service, and these have now been re-wheeled and checked. Some would have appeared in plain chocolate brown livery after the war and would have perhaps looked a bit tatty, so we’ll consult the reference photos to make sure we have the right balance. Paul Woodward.
Study of the end of a yard siding, relatively little used and becoming surrounded by foliage. Neil Podbery.
Our last event for this season was the ‘Hot Rod Drags’ three day gathering and we suffered a run of unlucky setbacks this time. This happens to a great many people and it’s all part and parcel of trying to get a dragster to behave itself. We increased the timing advance to attain a higher cylinder pressure, which seemed to work very well, but it contributed to the eventual failure of the starter motor pinion shaft. Although we successfully rebuilt the starter. we were unable to make any passes on the Friday and after a great burnout (Captured by Pudgeys Pics) ….we then suffered an incurable oil leak on the Saturday preventing any further participation.
For more dragster photos, see Pudgeys pictures
This view of Dunscombe Cliffs appeared on one of the delightful cliff paths that we walked on our recent holiday, from a viewpoint fairly close to the 565 ft summit of Salcombe Hill. Below the cliffs at this point is Hook Ness where the waves have lifted the silt into the shallow water. We were constantly rewarded with similarly beautiful vistas throughout South East Devon.
This ‘Generate a panorama’ plot indicates that there is a visible land mass to be viewed in the far distance on clear days, including Wyke Regis in south Dorset. The village is part of the south western suburbs of Weymouth, on the northern shore of Portland Harbour and the south-eastern end of Chesil Beach
It’s hardly changed since the turn of the last century…..
I recently came across a collection of colour plates of mid-Victorian locomotives, painted by artist and model-maker Ernest Twining. They were bound into a ‘Historic Locomotives’ volume by Alfred Rosling Bennett, and published by Cassell in 1906.
Ernest Twining was born in Bristol and originally trained as a telephone engineer. He established a commercial art studio in London, where, as a side-line, he branched out into designing and making model aircraft, then expanding to the manufacture of full size gliders.
His model-making work brought him into contact with Bassett-Lowke, for whom he did sub-contract work. In 1920 he founded Twining Models at Northampton, which manufactured glass-case models of industrial, architectural, advertising and transport themes.
Twining was active in the worlds of model railways, art and design, aeronautics, astronomy and photography, ships and ship models, as well as stained glass windows, which can be found at Holy Trinity Church Hall, St Edmunds at Hardingstone, St Francis de Sales at Wolverton and in the Northampton Museum.
One of the plates features an E.B. Wilson ‘Jenny Lind’ type engine built for the London Brighton and South Coast Railway. Locomotive No 122 stands out here against a wintry background, expertly painted by Twining. These 2-2-2 passenger engines were designed by David Joy and were capable of mile a minute regular service speed if necessary with their 6ft driving wheels. These elegant machines, sometimes with polished mahogany boiler lagging and fluted domes and safety valve casings were to become a design classic. The subtle tones and frozen winter trees and grasses lend a natural realism to the scene, but I expect the crew would have been glad of the small fire whilst doing 60mph with no cab!
This still is from a wonderful series of short black & white films made by Jack Shaw, a volunteer on the Quorn & Woodhouse station team. They perfectly capture the style of British Transport films from the 1950s, but the footage was actually taken last year, but it’s still very much alive today (in 3D technicolour!) as the volunteers recreate scenes like this all year round at the Great Central Railway.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9irT7f61Y_8
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l2TbVfc-2QA
29th August 2021
Another busy couple of months, mostly doing Bourne End, but without any doubt, the worst event since the last update was the very sad loss of my friend and Missenden colleague, Mick Bonwick. I’ll let the official announcement from Missenden echo my own sentiment on this one.
“It is with great regret that we have to announce that Missenden Railway Modellers organiser and weathering tutor Mick Bonwick has died. We are sure all those who have attended our events at Missenden Abbey, met Mick at various model railways exhibitions or interacted with him via our virtual events will share in the sadness that his family and those involved with Mick feel at this time. All of our thoughts go out to his wife Anne and the rest of his family.”
A few photos from the Bourne End job, which is going fine. I’m doing the rear panels and a few boat models, while Neil and Richard are progressing the scenic cover and buildings.
This building forms a pair of shopfronts at the corner of Wharf Lane and Bourne End’s High Street. Some of this has been painted white now, but we don’t think it was painted in the 50’s, and accordingly, we have kept the original brick. Richard Ellis has also taken care of this one for us, and Wharf Lane is quite forgiving, in that the South facing facades have changed very little since late Victorian times. Richard Ellis/Monks Gate Models.
Ex GWR Dean Goods Engine recently weathered by Neil and ready for work at Bourne End. Neil Podbery.
Looking West over the junction and the sidings. the Thames will eventually appear between the trees and here’s an ‘in progress’ view of the backscene rear panel for this area. I still have to add a few more buildings by the riverside but it’s getting there.
Another wagon ready for the sidings weathered by Neil Podbery
Autumn trees appear along the skyline behind Cockmarsh and the Thames, I’m having to co-ordinate the colours to match Neil’s 3D work which appears in the foreground but that’s fine, it’s all part of the job, and it’s quite entertaining because you don’t see many layouts rendered in autumn colours.
It’s possible to display a period map alongside a modern day satellite view using the National Library of Scotland reference page, which automatically splits the screen showing the OS building outlines (shown here as solid black), and compare it with a companion cursor to pinpoint which buildings were in existence at the chosen layout period and which newer additions hadn’t appeared yet. The feature is a very useful tool when you’re trying to date a particular building and check it against your chosen layout period.
The house backs, gardens, washing lines and gutter pipes appear behind the kitchen gardens and allotments, and in the ’50s, there were far fewer houses on the North facing side of Wharf Lane.
This large 3 gabled house now forms the Bourne End Medical Centre near the High Street end of Wharf Lane. We are fairly close to finishing this particular row of facades, the building was scaled into the diorama as a mock up, slightly under sized of course, and armed with this as a guide Richard Ellis has produced the facade beautifully for us in all its well researched detail.
The beginnings of a few boats for the 3D river section.
High Wycombe’s Market Square has managed to escape the sweeping changes that have completely altered the rest of the town The ex GWR station is fairly near the square and has been brilliantly modelled by Tim Peacock. Maidenhead trains via Bourne End used to depart from a bay platform to the South of the four track main lines.
A quick sketch of the view over High Wycombe looking North West. The contours and skyline can be set to the horizon datum, and Amersham Hill appears quite clearly on the ‘Generate a Panorama’ profile, looking North.
Kingswear is still coming on with Paul, Neil, Nigel and Peter Silvester, getting the jobs done. Most of the scenics are finished, but there’s still plenty to do, and here are some more progress pics. We also had our first invited gathering, which generated plenty of praise and positive support, That will be the first of many I’m sure, so thanks to all the participants who made the day such a success.
It’ll be time for a snagging list soon, with a plan to include all the small details…… lamps, poles. clutter, and of course boats, with some larger ones appearing near the bath house, and smaller scale ones at the creek. We’ll also get Neil going on some vehicles/vans etc, and a few figures for the yard. There are some items set aside already so these can go on fairly soon, but the rest of the signals need doing now, as well as the river water, which is the last major job.
Here’s an up to date view of the scenic break, including Greenway’s famous bath house, now nicely bedded into it’s scenic cover. This, along with a small stone rubble boathouse adjoining it, was constructed in the late 18th, or early 19th century to the south-east of Greenway House. The bathhouse comprises a lower storey, also of slate rubble, with arched round brick openings containing a rectangular stone-lined sunken plunge bath with an iron balustrade and steps down. This was built into a jettied stone basement at beach level with three round-headed sluices allowing sea water to enter the bath by a sluice at high tide. A rendered and shingled upper storey, with arched brick openings to the north, south and west facades provided a sitting room above, built with a small chimney piece to fireplace on it’s side wall, and an open balcony facing the river. The building was formerly thatched. but now has a shingle roof over single gable and balcony.
Coal wagons loaded and ready for transfer to Torquay Gasworks, in the charge of ‘Dukedog’ Class No.9003, now beautifully weathered by Neil. We are extremely fortunate to have acquired the exquisite dockside electric cranes, built by Gordon Gravett specifically for this layout, but will delay their installation until all detailing work has been completed around the station area. Paul Woodward
Peter Silvester has been a Godsend to the project, and this is a ‘Grange’ class engine still in progress, having all it’s P4 equipment aligned and fitted. Kingswear did see a lot of these engines during the 40’s period, so it’s a vital addition to the ever growing fleet. Peter Silvester
‘4283’ having perhaps unusually brought the ‘Torbay’ into Kingswear (possibly an engine change at Newton Abbott as a result of technical problems?!!) prepares to reverse back over the engine release crossover to run round its train. Note the newly installed station canopy, still awaiting final weathering. Paul Woodward.
Rear panel, looking out to sea, with One Gun Point, St Petrox Church and Warfleet Creek to the right. The cleared fields rise up from Warfleet creek over Weeke Hill (at centre).
Some activity now at Greenway House with new figures and vehicles. Paul Woodward.
Higher Ferry now with tide mark included at riverbank and ramp. The ferry guide cables are now in place and this section of the line has been re-ballasted and tested, so it’s pretty much ready to go from here to the scenic break. Paul Woodward.
The crossing keeper’s house with it’s kitchen garden. Neil Podbery
Slamming the van door for the last time before we set off. The van is loaded to the roof with oil, fuel, tools and everything else needed to get the three of us through a long race weekend. Now did I remember my toothbrush?
Between our allotted race time slots, and during waiting periods for either rain showers or track oil downs, visitors to the strip are encouraged to visit the pit side of the track. This is a good thing, as it encourages members of the public to learn about the workings of the various types of quarter mile vehicles. Now and again, it’s fun to let kids sit in the car to experience the view from the hot seat and show them the differences in control systems to normal cars. Here’s Harry Jennings doing just that, and who knows, maybe one day he’ll have his own dragster..
Skip to 5:58.00 to see us run.
Mr Trevor Pott has very kindly sent in a few photographs of some Torbay Coaches from his GWR carriage collection. They are absolutely fantastic, and here are just a couple of them to show just how good you can get 4mm scale models to look once you have the experience.
LH Brake 3rd. Trevor Pott
Another one showing a pair of carriages coupled, Cleverly, the wire for the train hoses actually does the coupling job. The sides and ends for these were drawn and etched by Carl Legg. Mr Trevor Pott.
A few from Bucks Hill, but old ones again as I can’t seem to get the gatherings as often lately due to dragster commitments.
GWR 517 Class No 832 resting in the bay platform.
This marvellous City Class engine has just been weathered by Neil and I’m looking forward to getting a few snaps of it and some appropriate stock when we all get back together at Bucks Hill. I had to miss the last one, but hopefully there won’t be any more date clashes in the near future.
The footbridge steps and kitchen garden.
A small forge appears below the embankment alongside the road to Kenderchurch. This is opposite the point where the Golden Valley line heads North to wend it’s way towards Abbeydore, and the other rural stations between there and Hay on Wye. Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
Phil Gomm’s Ex GWR auto-trailer, passing Ewyas Harold (from a few years ago).
This section through a backscene has recently been done by Dave Gower and I thought that I’d include it even though it is completely the ‘wrong’ view point, it’s a great example of a profile transition between the scale layout and the currently 2D scene behind. By the time this is all blended in with static grass and reduced scale elements such as hedgerows, fences, fields etc this will provide a really effective transition between the 2 and 3D landscape work.
29th June 2021
Making progress mostly on the nine large rear panels for Bourne End, along with a few smaller jobs interspersed. Both Richard Ellis and Neil Podbery have undertaken some of the work off site, and naturally, we will be re-convening from time to time as the scenic cover and backscene work progresses. It was great to catch up with Norman Solomon recently, who was also just finishing a session of on site work on the trackwork and signalling.
There are a few pictures of recent progress here, but there’s nothing quite finished yet as it’s such a physically large job.
I’ll be back at Kingswear pretty soon as a couple of jobs have cropped up in the meantime, and I have a number of recent photos from Paul, Nigel and Neil, but I’ll start with some of the latest work on Bourne End.
The large aluminium rear panels are seen here, pretty much ready for skyline painting, and it’ll be one of the priority jobs to get these done so that we don’t end up to having to lift them into position over a load of delicate foreground modelling.
We’ll be teaming up to depict a short section of the Thames at the left hand end of the panorama, in the ‘V’ of the junction between the line heading south towards Maidenhead, and the branch line following the river west to the terminus at Marlow.
Looking upstream, as the Thames curves around to the west, it passes Spade Oak, and approaches Marlow, which can just be seen in the distance. Winter Hill rises above Cockmarsh to the south, and the trees break the skyline, some with bare autumn branches against a pale sky with clouds to distance.
A ply insert has been done by Richard, to match a foamboard mockup, and this will eventually become a removable 3D ‘river’ section. We’ll be able to drop it in below bank level, and represent moored boats and landings. A series of building facades can be included on the opposite bank, and these have been mocked up as card patterns. This section will appear as a middle distance 3D layer below the painted rear panel shown previously. Richard Ellis/Monk’s Gate Models.
A similar oblique view of the southern riverbank, with bungalows and moorings. Cockmarsh and Spade Oak are in the background.
An old gouache picture of Marlow regatta with people messing about in boats, and crowds of onlookers lining the banks.
Beyond the lineside allotments lay the fences and back gardens of Wharf Lane’s north facing dwellings and I’ve managed to take care of the house backs with their kitchen doors, drain pipes and washing lines, mostly from aerial view reference and fifties mapping. South of Wharf Lane, it’s changed a lot, and all the allotment land is now occupied with newer housing. Richard Ellis has helped to speed things up by researching and producing a set of facades for the large detached houses visible opposite, in the second layer of the backscene, which has changed rather less since then.
This impressive facade luckily still exists today and it graces the south facing row at Wharf Lane. At this stage all the houses are just outer shells and we do have the lighting to install. It’s going to look fine once Neil has blended it into the scene with hedges, pavements and so on. Richard Ellis/Monk’s Gate Models.
Another example of a large, detached property made for us by Richard, which also faces south near Wharf Lane’s Eastern end. All these are done at about 6mm scale, to help the illusion of distance, and the subsequent focal layers behind, progressively reduce in scale. Richard Ellis/Monk’s Gate Models.
At the back of Wharf Lane, a small electrical supply substation was tucked in between the back gardens and I have opted to use one of Andy Duncan’s transformers. It’s actually tucked in between two small L shaped brick outhouses.
Kingswear is really taking shape now, and it’s well worth putting in a few posed train shots, along with some from Neil showing the new sea wall and riverbank cover. Now that the points are all sorted and operational, some tidying up of wiring under the baseboards can be done, and connecting up the new lever frame can begin. We can start thinking about getting the lower panelling in with some suitable vertical tongue and groove matchboarding which should work well for the presentation facade.
The other main task is to finalise the design of the signal box diagram. We’ll get all the signal positions marked and the holes for route and signal indicator led’s, just to be sure everything is sorted, before painting the final version onto a sheet of cream formica.
Seen from the river level, here’s a view of the Greenway Bath house, with the ferry crossing further along the bank.
From the same location, but higher up, a train passes Britannia Halt, and the river silt has now been represented with the tide out, as far as the water line. Notably, the Britannia shelter is missing in these views, just temporarily removed to allow better access for imminent ballasting and the final track detailing.
The Sea wall is now done, as well as most of the silt, seaweed and tide mark, so it’s just a question of keeping going with the detailing work like telegraph poles, fencing and footpaths. A disused careening berth appears in the foregound.
Only telegraph poles, fencing, water surface, figures and boats to add for a finish then…… aside from a Star class engine to burst out of the tunnel of course!
Certainly beginning to glimpse the finishing line, but there are still plenty of locos to build, not to mention more boats, and finishing and generally snagging the yard area.
So far, an embryo ‘Torbay Express’ has safely negotiated the line in both directions, and undergone trials of shunting into its overnight accommodation on Hoodown Sidings. We’ll need to get some more weathering sorted, probably starting with this Hawksworth rake, and it’s quite possible they will also require some more detailing as well.
This shows the Dart Valley western bank, with the ferry approach road climbing up between the trees in the background.
A short train of ‘empties’, most of which have now been beautifully weathered by Neil, heading for loading at the quayside before a return working to Torquay Gasworks.
A number of enthusiastic and knowledgeable historians of the Kingswear and South Hams locality have been contributing information and advice. None more so than Mr T. Pott, who also sent some photos of his lovely ‘Churston for Brixham’ model, depicting an earlier period of Devon railway history.
A recently completed Torbay Express, running as a Down train. The weathering will be left off for a while, wishing to see it pristine on the layout for a while, sorting out the couplings, sidings and
trains and getting it all running with no problems. T. Pott
Churston now has it’s three most important trains, the Torbay, the Torquay Gas works coal and the Brixham Auto train. Mr T.Pott.
The engine is of course John Hayes work, with lining by Alan Brackenborough, and it’s
about fourteen years old now. The Dining Twin is by Rocar (Rodney Cooper)
and is about twenty years old. The painting and lining of the other coaches is by Ian
Rathbone, and the lettering is Methfix transfers. Mr T. Pott.
American Pie has now been reassembled and restarted after it’s dynamometer exam, and it sounds a lot better. I’m working to get everything ready for the upcoming Dragstalgia event at Santa Pod Raceway, and we’ll see how it goes. Here’s a pic of our Plymouth ‘426’ Hemi having it’s Hilborn fuel injection tweaked. The optimum air/fuel ratio for methanol is about 7 to 1, and as it turned out, the setup was too fat (rich). New nozzles were shipped from from Nashville Tennessee to lean the mixture out.
Our old Plymouth V8 on a Dynamometer. See all the dozens of sensors and other measuring devices that enable the correct adjustments to be made.
Just for fun, here’s a picture of my very first car which I saved up for until I was 15. I bought it for £350 as a complete wreck, and modified it with a 289 inch Ford small block V8, a super T10 four speed, and a narrowed 9” Ford rear axle. This photo came from a fairly recent advert, and I’m pleased to see it’s still out there looking better than ever.
A few pics of Andrew Cowie’s cabinet dioramas with their mirrors fitted.
The left hand end of the Chiseldon station display, with a ‘station staff photograph’ underway.
Looking to the right, the gents is also mirrored
Chiseldon shelter left hand end, with brick cottages mirrored.
Chiseldon shelter right hand end, with thatched cottage mirrored.
Looking up into the roof lights of the shed interior diorama, which is based on an old stock shed at Swindon.
Chedworth station platform uses half a building, mirrored down the middle to save space.
Although I don’t have any new pictures from Bucks Hill, I made the most of a recent failure in our broadband access to retouch and tweak some old unpublished images whilst offline, as well as a few from Temple Meads.
Weathered Lee Marsh G.W.R. Large prairie No 4105.
G.W.R. 4-4-0 No 5267 ‘Cornishman’ alongside the down platform.
This one is from ages ago, when we were still working on the backscene, so there’s no detail layering in the middle distance yet. I quite like the effect though, with the backlighting on and the darker area to the right.
One of the best Bucks Hill photos taken so far was this Chris Nevard study of Dean 32xx 2-4-0 with the Golden Valley branch engine in the sidings behind. The Dean engine is a direct descendant of the Gooch era, but it also clearly points the way to the bogie front 4-4-0s that came soon after. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
Cattle vans rounding the curve on the up main. Original by Barry Norman.
Small prairie No 4508 passing Ewyas Harold.
Standard gauge G.W.R. saddletank engine in the platform road. Tony Reynalds
A Lee Marsh passenger brake no 1095 at Temple Meads
No 3242 in arrival platform. Tony Reynalds.
Adrian Norman’s Nottisham layout is coming along well. and here are a couple of views of a new insert panel rested in place.
Part of a new relief panel just rested in place. Adrian Norman.
The brick overbridge needs embankments, bu it’s all taking shape nicely, with sidings full of wagons and vans. Adrian Norman
14th April 2021
Just tinkering away as usual, and work is progressing on Bourne End with some more time spent on the house backs of Wharf Lane. Although parts of the backscene are starting to take shape, there’s still a long way to go. The alloy sky panels are now ready for painting and I’ll be getting those done as a priority so they can be permanently fitted in place. The removable backscene panels can eventually rest against them once they are finished, and this will allow the various sections to be worked on offsite.
The rest of the time has been spent fitting and aligning diorama mirrors, all of which are now finished, some research work for possible future projects is in progress, and some additional tasks must be undertaken to maintain the dragster and it’s trailer.
To help gauge local interest in the Bourne End project and possibly gain knowledge, I took up the very generous offer from Barrie Penfold and the editorial staff of Target magazine, to publish an introduction to the model. I have already received replies and offers of help, so my very sincere thanks go to all the readers who took an interest, including a Mr R Fahey, who kindly sent me an original copy of a commemorative leaflet celebrating 100 years of the Marlow Donkey 1873/1973. Luckily, this contained a series of previously unseen photographs from exactly our chosen period, and it’s the perfect example of why you never stop looking for reference. I’m still looking for memories and photos from the village as well as the railway, so if any residents during the mid fifties period can still remember the various shops in the parade, for instance, that would come in handy.
Scanned from ‘100 years of the Marlow Donkey’, a wealth of detail can be seen in this view of an auto coach in the Marlow Bay platform at Bourne End on the 24th June 1953. This photo is a particularly useful one as it also shows us one of the house backs to the left of the driving cab. It also gives us the treeline, the foreground hedge and the characteristics of the two large trees visible above the auto coach roof. Photo B T Cooke
From the same source, No 6158 shunts a train at Bourne End which it has just brought in from Paddington. An 0-4-2T can also be seen, propelling a train back towards Marlow on a dank June 24th in 1953. Photo B T Cooke.
This wooden seven plank open wagon would have been seen in the Bourne end area, and it’s nearing the end of it’s working life. It’s still going with a few replaced planks though, bearing the ghost sign writing from a previous era. Neil Podbery
A pair of 5 plank opens with the ghost remains of signwriting indicating ownership by Richard Webster of Maidenhead Berks. Neil Podbery.
A few of the many road vehicles to occupy the driveways and parking spaces around the backscene.
All the trees on Bourne End as well as the foliage will be portrayed as autumnal and here are a couple of examples destined for the panorama.
They start out as multi strand heavy duty battery cable and are twisted and formed into their various shapes before being super glued.
Here’s one with it’s bark applied ready for fine outer twigs and Autumn leaves.
This one is a bit further into the process and it’s bearing a few autumn leaves. The structure of the trees themselves is very much more apparent with Autumn trees, so there are really no shortcuts when it comes to producing the armature
The Station Taxi office as it was in the fifties, built by Brian Lewis. This building survived until very recently, when it was run into by an errant vehicle and sadly it has had to be demolished as a result.
Paul, Nigel and Neil have been quietly producing new parts for Kingswear, so I’ll put a few photos here. The next step as far as scenic cover is concerned is ballasting the single line from Greenway to Waterhead Creek bridge, and once we have that done, it’ll be time to do the exposed river silt and the low tide waterline.
Two cars have been included, waiting for the gates to reopen at the Higher Ferry crossing, and one of them has the door open, with the driver chatting to the crossing keeper over the gate. This took a fair bit of doing, as the interior becomes exposed. Paul Woodward.
Kingswear’s lever frame still has its temporary panel, pending completion of the final design. which I will hand paint onto a sheet of cream coloured formica once all the points and signals are wired up and double checked. Paul Woodward.
Neil has painted and fitted a few Modelu figures to go alongside the footpaths in Greenway’s Camellia garden. A deep pink magnolia bush is in bloom, and the large, waxy flowers in various shades of pink, white and magenta grow either side of the paths. Strolling this part of the gardens rewards visitors with some of the best views over the River Dart. Neil Podbery.
A selection of Peter Silvester’s exquisite models, now painted, lettered and windowed, with some finishing details added too, where necessary. The quality of construction is outstanding, especially given that they were made some thirty years ago or more, in the very early days of P4, when many of the components we nowadays take for granted were not available. Paul Woodward.
The riverbank at Hoodown is basically done now and the siding at the back has been extended a little to accommodate an eight coach Torbay Express rake. This is one of the few areas of the line where we have been a little restricted on backscene depth, but with a bit of forced perspective work, we’ve managed. Neil Podbery.
Kevin Wilson sent over some photographs of some of the very finely detailed 7mm scale projects that he has been working on lately, and I felt they were worth including here for interest along with some other Bucks Hill pictures.
A Great Western Railway Manor Class locomotive is currently in progress and here’s an overhead view of the frame assembly with its horn blocks and valve gear in the process of being aligned and manufactured. Kevin Wilson.
The boiler and firebox assembly rolled from brass showing the running plates, splashers etc.
Kevin Wilson.
This fantastic G.W.R. steam rail motor is now basically finished. This one is number 47 and it shows the business end with its four-wheel vertical-boiler power unit. A four-wheel trailing bogie with volute springs supported the carriage end of the vehicle, and the main driving wheels on these could vary from 3 ft 5 in to 4 ft. Kevin Wilson.
Most rail motors were converted into driving trailers for push-and-pull trains (sometimes referred to as autocoaches) accompanying a separate steam locomotive, and the original power units were scrapped. Autotrains offered many of the benefits of rail motors but, because they were operated by separate locomotives, they were much more flexible in operation and easier to maintain. The first of the original rail motors was withdrawn in 1914. This one was seen at Bucks Hill a few years ago. Barry Norman
Drummond M7 0-4-4T No 30046 passes in British Railway black livery. The locomotive was built at Nine Elms works in 1905, and by this time was shedded at 72A Exmouth Junction,
Lined black LMS Patriot number 5538 passing Ewyas Harold with London and North Western Wolverton stock. This was a member of a class of 52, built for the London Midland and Scottish Railway, and No 5538 Giggleswick emerged from Crewe works in July 1933. They were based on the chassis of the Royal Scot, combined with the boiler from Large Claughtons, earning them the nickname Baby Scots.
The backscenes from Jack Anziani’s 7mm Westcott layout have been preserved, and I recently visited the new owner to see if they could be adapted to fit another freelance railway. I’m sure that will be possible with a bit of cutting and shutting. I’m sure Jack would have approved, so here’s my favourite Westcott picture taken by Chris Nevard.
Westcott will be reborn, but this time as a through station with curved platforms. Chris Nevard/ Model Rail Magazine.
A superb new book has been produced by Wild Swan, titled ‘Geoff Williams Aylesbury LNWR Researching and Modelling the prototype’. It has been written by Bob Williams, Geoff’s son, and compiled and designed by Steve Phillips, and the fully illustrated book describes the famous EM model of the LNWR station in Aylesbury, the World’s first branch line. The first section describes the building and restoration of the model, and the second, all of the research that went into creating it, including site photographs, maps, historic documents and sketches made by Geoff himself.
The book also features full signalling details, comprehensive photographic coverage of related structures, together with extensive information on the trains that used the branch and how Geoff modelled them. Apart from being a great book on how to set about modelling any prototype, and the techniques you might use to create it, this is also a wonderful personal account of one man’s lifetime and his hobby. There’s a real wealth of information on modelling techniques, including Geoff’s very effective use of perspective modelling, and I was very pleased to contribute a page account covering the restoration of the original 3D backscene.
The layout has happily been acquired and restored by Tim Peacock and the Risborough and District Model Railway Club. The culmination of both their and Geoff’s work was exhibited at the 2016 “Railex” show in Stoke Mandeville, which was quite an achievement, especially given that the layout had originally been permanently built into the loft of the family home.
https://wildswanbooks.co.uk/
https://www.youtube.com/watch?
My old Metropolitan Railway layout has found a new home with a Met enthusiast who lives near Mablethorpe, on the wild and windy Lincolnshire coast near Skegness. The idea will be to incorporate it into a larger layout, which is perfect, as it was originally conceived as a quiet through station with most of the trains just rushing through without bothering to stop. here are a few last pictures before it goes in the van.
The typical Metropolitan Railway timber signalbox features a a hipped roof, and has an unusual sun blind like the Chesham box,
The scenic break road bridge is Identical to the skew span arch 179 at Waddesdon Manor, but skewed the other way.
No 80 waits in a siding in this view, with the old Aylesbury & Buckingham Railway crossing keepers cottage to the left. The E class engines were generally used for secondary duties by the 1930s, with the newer, more powerful G,H and K class locomotives working the heavier main line trains.
Andy Duncan found me this whitemetal kit of an Oxfordshire Hay Cart with timber raves. It would have been yellow with red wheels, like this, and it sits at the top of the embankment by the Great Central bridge.
A thumbnail view of a DEMU came up at random in my Youtube suggestions sidebar, and I initially thought it was a photo. The heading included mention of a ‘Cab ride from Evercreech Junction to Midsomer Norton’, and I clicked on it out of curiosity. Straightaway I was surprised at the level of realism and detail included, and it’s fair to say I’m not the biggest simulator fan but it seems to me that this clip brings another level of atmosphere to the screen.
The raindrops from an overcast sky land on the front window and are wiped away by the wiper blade, while the droplets on the cabside window run backwards at an angle due to the train speed. The interior is all weathered, the sound is perfect, and I found myself just enjoying the sensation of movement as the train sways slightly as it goes along. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_ZUX_q7jqvc
Pat Humphrys has been busy working on his 7mm scale Lambourn model, and it’s coming along well. He has sent a few recent pictures over, and here are a couple of them.
A Lambourn Valley branch line passenger train, headed by ‘Eadweade’, a Hunslet Engine Company 0-6-0T, built in June 1903. Altogether the L.V.R. owned three locomotives, and although they were produced by two different manufacturers, the three were generally similar looking. Eadweade (pictured here)was slightly larger than the other two, and they were painted dark blue, lined out in black and white. Nameplates were cast in brass, with red painted backgrounds. The four wheeled coaches were bought from Brown, Marshall & Co of Birmingham, with two composites, each carrying 8 first-class and 24 second-class passengers, as well as some luggage space, and the other two seated 32, also second-class. Pat Humphrys
The railway runs behind the trees from this viewpoint, but I like the view as it shows the church that Pat has included into the middle distance as a forced perspective feature. Pat Humphrys.
We have decided to prepare and paint the dragster trailer, and remove the Plymouth V8 with its complete fuel & oil systems for resetting on a dynamometer. It’s a bit late in the season to say the least, and it’s time consuming work, so we will only be able to do the latter half of scheduled Wild Bunch events.
This is what a long weekend at Santa Pod Raceway can do for your appearance, especially if you forget your hairbrush, I really should give up this draining pursuit but I just never learn!
Photo credit to Wayne Allen
https://wayne.pictures/
Fuel, oil and crankcase breather equipment.
The Pendon Museum is planning to re-open in late May.
On 6 July they are hoping to hold the first Pendon Live! event on the subject of the Ridgeway Hill Forts. The talk will be presented by Professor Gary Lock of Oxford University, an expert in British prehistory. The talk will cover excavations at Uffington Castle, Segsbury Camp and Alfred’s Castle. Further details of the event, including booking, can be found here.
https://pendonmuseum.com/
Pendon also has a YouTube channel, which will be updated on a monthly basis with new video content, which will be of interest to viewers old and new. It also offers a link to some of our ‘Hidden Gems’, highlighting a selection of Pendon’s most interesting material. This month the channel is showcasing ‘Non-Stop Through the Vale’ giving a train driver’s view of this fascinating scene.
Adrian Norman has been working on his East Anglian Fenland layout, and it looks as though it’s going to benefit from a low relief village as seen behind the station building. We’ll probably just do it as a drop in overlay and that will be fine, as long as we keep a good eye on the perspective, and make an effort to arrange a view blocking device at either side of the feature to prevent unwanted views due to foreshortening. Here are a couple of similar ones that I have taken care of in the past, some of which are directly opposite their respective stations and others seen at further distance (as was often the case).
A ‘D’ Class 2-4-0T No 76 at the Whitchurch Road platform end ramps, with a 2D village backscene in the middle distance.
The village of Semley stood quite some distance from it’s L.S.W.R. station, and we can see the spire of St. Leonards’s Church against the skyline. Original by Philip Hall.
This low relief diorama shows a village in progress, where the railway passes directly between the houses and schools, at no great distance from the station, and we can do Notisham in a similar configuration.
I’ve recently had a quick look at a 4mm scale layout project, loosely based on the West Somerset Railway station at Minehead.
With some photos of the assembled layout, it will be possible to do some sketches by tracing over the photos on screen and then adding a pencilled backscene sketch to them to start the ball rolling. These will be taken from the average layout viewpoint to strike the best balance for the horizon datum line.
Now and again I pay an online visit to the excellent ‘Western Thunder’ forum and I noticed a reference by Adrian to a new resource, primarily designed to generate adjustable simulations of surface mapping using LIDAR technology. It’s fascinating and already I have found myself pinpointing locations with a view to finding quick ways to visualise localities. One of the main differences between this and the more linear ‘Generate a Panorama’ views is that this produces a surface plot in perspective that also includes representations of the manmade structures as well as the natural contouring. I have put a few examples of a typical search below, and this actually depicts a LIDAR generated overview of the Great Western Railway terminus at Minehead Somerset.
It uses open source LIDAR mapping data from the Environment agency, so it’s a little like a google map but it can reveal more detail of the ground features. The coverage is a little patchy, and it naturally concentrates around water features, but it does have a few tools to adjust the image and a data export feature, so I presume you could import this into 3D software and 3D print a miniature landscape.
https://houseprices.io/lab/lidar/map
All the buildings present at the time of the survey are included, as well as trees, which is tremendously useful, as once as they are identified from their basic outline of course, the details can be researched and incorporated into the scene at a later stage. Of course, there’s always the necessity to edit the modern information using historic maps and photos from your chosen time window.
The station can clearly be seen, and it even shows the rough outline of the trains alongside the platforms, as well as the linear pathway of the railway into the town. It’s very useful, but also quite a curious image, because it looks like a sort of ‘vacuum formed’ landscape, or the result of a volcanic cataclysm…… (heaven forbid).
The Generate a Panorama print out of Minehead, looking North West.
I have taken an interest in the illustrations of Fortunino Matania, who produced many of the artworks for Great Central Railway publications. These specific commissions were of course, my introduction to his work, and steam ships, dock scenes, figures, and panoramic maps were featured, all coming to life under his versatile brush.
Born in Naples, the son of artist Eduardo Matania, he studied at his father’s studio, designing a soap advertisement at the age of 9 and exhibiting his first work at Naples Academy at only 11. At 14 he was helping his father produce illustrations for books and magazines, and the talent was recognised by the editor of the Italian periodical L’Illustrazione Italiania. Matania produced weekly illustrations for the magazine between 1895 and 1902, and at 20, he began working in Paris for Illustration Francaise. In 1902, he was invited to London to depict the Coronation of Edward VII for The Graphic, subsequently covering every major event of British royalty until the coronation of Queen Elizabeth in 1953.
At the outbreak of the First World War, Matania became a war artist and was rightly acclaimed for his graphic and realistic images of trench warfare, After the war, he switched to scenes of ancient high life for the British woman’s magazine, Britannia and Eve, and found his true direction. He filled his London studio with reproductions of Roman furniture, pored over history books for suitably lively subjects, and with the help of models and statues, he further excelled at figure painting, representing subjects as Samson & Delilah, the bacchanalian roisters of ancient Rome, and even early American Indian maidens, all done with the same careful respect for accuracy and detail he had used in his news assignments.
Matania exhibited regularly at the Royal Academy and Royal Institute of Painters in Water Colours, and in 1917 he was elected a member of the latter. He became a popular illustrator for advertising, posters and catalogues, working for the LMS (designing posters for Southport and Blackpool), Ovaltine, Burberry’s (the sporting outfitters) and many others. If you do like the style of romantic Edwardian illustrators, by all means spend a little time browsing his portfolio on image libraries via the link below………
Matania’s illustration of the locks at Immingham, commissioned by the G.C.R. The red brick Dock Office to the right is one of the few surviving buildings from the time of the opening of the dock by the Great Central Railway Company in 1912. This was chosen as a natural sheltered harbour, just six miles to the north west of Grimsby, an ideal site for a deep water dock. As the main channel of the Humber impinged upon the Lincolnshire bank to East and West of the dock estate, both the dock entrance and each of the two jetties were always sure of a sufficient depth of water to birth vessels at any state of the tide. The depth ranged from 30 to 35 feet, and furthermore the natural deep water channel had no tendency to silt. The dock estate eventually covered 1000 acres with a passenger station and Cole hoists capable of discharging bunkers at the rate of 700 tons per hour. The granite for the copings and lock quoins came from Sweden, the timber from Australia, America and Russia and the cement came by barge from the Medway. The rest of the stone came from a quarry at nearby Brocklesby. Fortunino Matania/ Great Central Railway Company.
The Last General Absolution of the Munster Fusiliers at Rue du Bois by Matania, depicting the regiment on the eve of the Battle of Aubers Ridge in May 1915. This painting was commissioned by Jessie Louisa Rickard, and was originally published in ‘The Sphere’ on the 27 November 1916. The original was sadly destroyed during the bombing of London in World War II.
25th Jan 2021
Apologies for not updating over the last few months, it’s mainly due to the high workload. While I wait for a set of diorama surface mirrors to arrive, the main focus is researching and mocking up Bourne End, which is coming along fine. Once it’s done, it will be presented like a museum diorama, with a view over the station looking North above the rooftops and into the distance.
The surroundings will appear as they did in the mid fifties, and most of the structures will be private dwellings. Other local buildings will appear though, such as the bank, the cinema, parades of shops, the telephone exchange and even lowly motor vehicle garages and electricity sub stations. We’ll include the innumerable allotments, hedges, fences, back gardens and footpaths, positioning them from reference as the backscene progresses.
The Wharf Lane section becomes visible to the left of the station and this has involved the positioning of about 40 foreground houses and shops, as well as probably 200 or so buildings and dwellings visible in the middle distance. Bourne End by the mid ’50s was expanding quite rapidly and although some of the estates were not present yet, the beginnings of municipal housing (mainly on the North side) was becoming apparent as the new roads stretched out across the fields. It’s quite a detailed 3D study of the area, and we’ll be able to show some of the local colour as well as the more interesting past life of the railway.
A ground plan of the station, with all it’s sidings included, and the line to High Wycombe on the right. The surroundings of the station are nearly level, with only a very slight slope down to the River Thames, which will appear to the left of the diorama. Particularly with ‘O’ gauge, even small stations like this one, require far more surface area than most conventional residences could provide in one room or loft. This example measures 40 x 12 feet and even then, it still struggles to accommodate the model without making scale compromises. It’s a very much a work still in progress, and will be for some time to come.
Neil will be taking care of the ground cover and autumnal foliage, and I’m also very pleased to have Richard Ellis of Monks Gate Models helping out with some of the backscene facades, starting with the row of large Victorian houses along Wharf Lane. As well as the plotting out of all this, I’m also in the middle of producing armatures for the hundreds of trees that will eventually be required. It will eventually become a window into the past, seen from quite a high vantage point just to the south of the station yard. All the original sidings that used to surround the station now reappear, along with all the related railway buildings, and the village will also return to way it looked 65 years ago, and eventually, we’ll be able to see the much greater variety of traffic, as the ex-Great Western Railway trains make their way through Bourne End, just as they used to.
Although it’s too soon to put any backscene photos up, we can show a few of the scale buildings that have already been beautifully done by Brian Lewis. The track and signals have been expertly taken care of by Norman Solomon.
A through passenger train passes under Bourne End’s footbridge, heading for the main line junction at Maidenhead, while a local stopping train waits to depart for High Wycombe.
The staircase of the covered timber clad footbridge, with period travel posters inviting passengers to take their holidays in the West country, or even Wales.
Reference drawings are not always available, but now and again, a bit of research pays off! This Drawing of the covered footbridge arrangement is dated 1893
Bourne End goods shed, with its red brick pillars and flint panel infills. The yard was in decline in the mid to late fifties, but still in some use, because of bulk carrying ability, particularly over long distances. Coal and coke loads were still being shovelled off wagons by hand, and local merchants would then have their lorries weighed on the weighbridge platform with its attendant hut. Other goods traffic had dwindled considerably by this time though and there was only a very limited amount compared to the much busier Victorian period.
There were two signal boxes at Bourne End, and this one was sited at the High Wycombe end. Although it was the smaller structure, it was necessary to operate the level crossing, while the larger ‘South’ cabin controlled the points and signals for the branch line junction, the loops and the goods yard sidings.
This shop stood just to the south of the station level crossing, facing west.
Andrew Cowie’s dioramas are basically finished now, and we await a delivery of surface mirrors to finish the cabinet insert displays. I’ll put in a few photos here.
The Locomotive shed really needed an outer panel to obscure the edge of the North Light roof, so I have produced this panelled wall supported on cast iron uprights. This still allows a relatively uninterrupted view of the interior, and an LED strip light can now be concealed above the skylights, while illuminating the sky above.
This cabinet display features a somewhat foreshortened approach to Chedworth Station on the old Midland and South Western Junction Railway, and we have a platform ramp and retaining wall displayed as well as the old stone built school building seen above to the left, along with a view to distance between the trees to the right.
There is progress to report on the ‘Kingswear for Darmouth in P4’ project, so I’ll put a few pictures here for interest, but it can be examined in more detail, along with some excellent reference photographs published by courtesy of Mr T. Pott and Gerry Nichols. at …..
Neil has just finished weathering this GWR Dukedog 4-4-0. and there are only a few more tidying jobs to do before its ready to go. Investigation of the turntable mechanism has revealed that it was designed very much for an earlier era DC system. It’s all beautifully made and finished but it has required some modifications for the new DCC control system.
Neil’s scenic cover and foliage at Higher Ferry is now done. The scrubland above the Ferry has been taken from reference and this cleared land is actually quite different to the modern view, as the trees have now grown back over the upper slopes of the riverbank. Today’s observers and tourists on their Dart riverboat cruises could be entirely forgiven for thinking that these slopes had always been fully forested, but even fairly recent reference clearly shows this is not the case.
The built up stone riverbanks and railway ballast still need doing, but the woodland, scrub land and coniferous treeline above the ferry crossing are finished.The Higher Ferry ramp now has its side walls rendered in stone blocks and the top surface has been weathered. The ferry guide ropes and their retaining chains can be fitted soon, and there might well be a few figures to give a little life to this scene, and a couple of period cars as well, waiting for the train to pass by. The crossing gates are lit with tiny LEDs inside the lamps
Between the Higher Ferry and Hoodown is a small chine which appears on the reference, so we have included it, and the railway is carried away from the natural contour of the inlet upon a stone laid cob, with an arched culvert. A footpath ran alongside the line from the carriage sidings at Hoodown, all the way to Britannia Halt, and enough width has been allowed for this to be included as well.
An M7 stands in the loop with its train of Maunsell carriages and a parcels van, prior to possibly turning the engine, ready for its return to some fictitious ‘Southern’ destination! We are aware that loco men often preferred to turn even tank engines when they could, for a more comfortable journey. This loco is a superb example of Tom Mallard’s work.
https://tjmallard.co.uk/
A few wagons emerged relatively unscathed from the recent critical assessment, some requiring perhaps no more than some minor TLC. For others, a new etched underframe from the Brassmasters/Finney range, was enough to make an appreciable difference. This 5 plank ‘Cumberland’ slag wagon rests at a wharf siding. Its a proprietary item with replacement P4 wheel sets and 3 link couplings. Weathering was undertaken by Neil Podbery.
http://www.neilpodberyfineart.co.uk/
These have now been done as quite war weary, with replacement planks fitted but not painted & written. Some of the local trader wagons will have their moulded underframes replaced soon to keep the finescale standard up.
There are a number of planned events for the nostalgia dragster community for this year, so when the weather clears up a bit, I have a load of chores to finish to ready American Pie for another season of Wild Bunch participation. This low quality screen grab image shows Dan successfully bringing the slicks up to temperature. I will provide a link to forthcoming events as soon as I have confirmation.
This OO gauge layout under construction will be called Notisham, and it depicts a station near Ely in the last years of steam. This shows the recently fitted 2D alloy sheet backscene in position, depicting a Cambridgeshire Fens landscape, with a typical flat skyline and clouded sky above, with its layers receding to distance. It still needs blending into it’s foreground at this early stage as part of the process, with colour matching of scatter, and a boundary to railway owned land as fencing and hedgerow. The first mockup of a 3D layer has been placed in front of a large tilled field to judge size and height, and a suitable train included to show relative scale. Adrian Norman.
Below the clouded sky, I have included; Cut wheat, Sugar beet growing, Cabbages growing, and Black peat soil as a prototypical variety of local crops, and I’ll be including some distant buildings later on, such as barns and farm houses. Occasional drains run between field boundaries, so I have included them as well.
I am trying to put together a series of articles for the Missenden Abbey modellers and I’ll see whether I can do one on adding a farm into a landscape. It certainly does depend on the density and size of farms and barns as to how many appear, but it is an attractive and prototypical landscape feature to include, especially if you have a long and repetitive backscene that turns out to be too featureless. This one is Aberayon Farm in 2D, and I’ll see if I can get round to doing some useful notes on horizon lines, applying generate a panorama and so on.
https://www.missendenrailwaymodellers.org.uk/
Ian Statham has been busy with a number of projects of late, and here’s an diorama idea showing a timber trestle traversing an American Canyon, it will eventually display a train of ON30 stock.
This is the interior of his recently made GWR locomotive shed, and the plan is to add clutter and figures to give the scene a sense of activity.
Richard Ellis and Neil Podbery have taken care of this excellent open cutting diorama for Ian, portraying a stretch of double track main line becomes exposed between two land masses, and the retaining wall is engineered in brick with arches, cornices and panelled parapet wall above.
In 1905, nineteen ‘Saint’ class locomotives were ordered to be built at Swindon Works, and thirteen of these were built as Atlantics with the remaining six configured as 4-6-0s. By 1912, Churchward was persuaded by the superior adhesion provided by the 4-6-0 arrangement and they were all converted. The new locomotives were numbered 172–190, and twelve of them were named after characters in the novels of Sir Walter Scott. No 185, seen here was built as unnamed 4-4-2, then named Winterstoke in February 1906, renamed ‘Peveril of the Peak’ in April 1907, and finally converted to a 4-6-0 in May 1912. Ian’s model appears on the diorama in original condition, and I rather like the ‘calm after the storm’ lighting on this!
I have now updated the Semley page, which is a job that had been nagging at me for quite some time. This has been by courtesy of Martin Finney, Philip Hall and Paul Karau, who all gladly gave permission for me to include some of the excellent photographs from the MRJ session of a few years ago.
Salmon and Brown LSWR passenger brake stock in the dairy siding. Philip Hall/Model Railway Journal.
LSWR 240 pauses briefly on the up main with its regular local service. The milk factory can be seen over the station roofs in this view of Semley as the 1.32PM Templecombe to Bulford train arrives on time at 1.53PM. The whole train is the work of Chris Wesson and the original photo is by Philip Hall/Model Railway Journal.
The L.S.W.R. West of England main line ran through a drained cutting in the open country to the east of Semley station, passing the village to the north and on towards the next station at Tisbury. Some of the naturally occurring pools here, south of Chaldicott’s farm have been drained to allow more dairy pasture. The road to Semley village emerges in the background, having passed the gable ended village hall, winding its way towards the village common with the white painted Bennett Arms on the left and Saint Leonards Church on the right. The short horned Devon cows in the foreground are by Preiser, painted by Mike Baker. Original by Philip Hall/Model Railway Journal
Chris Walker has done some more work on his excellent Charlton Park layout, and he has sent in a few photos so I can judge what to do for a backscene.
A GWR Auto Trailer in a platform….. definitely time to have a look at the backscene for this, so I have suggested taking a pattern of the lower profile on a roll of wallpaper and pencilling a horizon in. Once I’ve delivered some of the existing work that I have at the moment, it’s time to come up with a really good 2D backscene for this exquisite railway. Chris Walker.
A GWR small prairie passes a 517 class 0-4-2T in the locomotive shed road. Chris Walker.
MSWJR no3. Chris Walker.
Another one I might need to look at will be a scene looking north over Swindon Town station in 1906, and it’s quite an interesting view including the Cattle Market, and the Corn Exchange.
OS map from the turn of the last century, with detail of surroundings north of the station.
The Corn Exchange building as it is now…..What price progress?
Next time I can get away for a few hours, I’ll see if I can put together a quick introduction to the incredible work of Fortunino Matania, who took all sorts of commissions , including a job from one my favourite Edwardian Railway companies, the stylish and elegant ‘Great Central’.
Quite a bit of activity lately, but mostly cabinet diorama progress, trying to get a set of six into a presentable state. They are only representations of locations due to a number of factors, such as size limit, and they have also been designed to use mirrored ends. You have to be careful with horizontal and vertical alignments, and elements like signs and numbers naturally read backwards unless you keep them out of the reflection!
This shows a ‘Chiseldon’ station building scene in late Victorian times. Neil Podbery has modelled a curtain of trees behind the station platform fencing, and Detailed Miniatures have provided a group of posed station staff figures having their group photograph taken. I’ve made it so the the figures should align with the front of the displayed locomotive, which will, of course be the main focus. Display cabinet designs can be interesting, but their purpose is to provide a mini stage set, primarily accommodating the star of the show.
The station staff having their group photo taken.
Another of the six cabinet inserts depicts a running shed, and this is the interior, similar to the old Swindon stock shed. I put my old Metropolitan Railway 4-4-0T in for scale, and this display is the only one from this set to have more than one road.
I have managed to put in a few days of on site work at Kingswear, so please do keep up with our latest progress at the dedicated website…..
https://kingswearinp4.weebly.
There has been a fairly recent update, and a visit from Norman Solomon to see how his original tracklaying was holding up. It was very rewarding to meet up and talk over some of the unknown history of the model. It turned out that the fully landscaped approach that we have produced would have been Norman’s favoured presentation in the first place.
A few sample photos follow here, mainly to show the scenic cover, which has had to be done in order, starting at the back of the presentation, then working forward to avoid any risk of damage to foreground. The ballast, and river detail will be done once everything behind is complete.
Mind The Gap! ….. this ‘in progress’ view shows the 3D backscene surface in place, with the rear panel done to skyline. It is now the only remaining section to require scenic cover, between the Higher ferry ramp and the wooded chine near Coombe Cottage, just to the left of Hoodown.
A view of houses built on the lower slopes of Ridley Hill, looking out over the English Channel in the direction of Jersey and Guernsey.
The Greenway Bath House is now surrounded by trees
Another nice view of Britannia Halt with the fixed distant signal temporarily in place (and lit!), with some telegraph poles, helping to complete the scene. Again, a little more work remains to be done on the slipway, shoreline and some general tidying up. Even now though, I think, that this shows that it’s going to be a very convincing cameo in its own right. and it will provide additional operating interest with local trains pausing to drop off churns and supplies for the inn.
Britannia Halt and the Inn, with trees behind. This does still need a little more work but it’s taking shape now, with pavements, telegraph poles and signals. The background is getting there as well, but Neil still wants to spend a few more hours on the scrub land above the treeline.
We’ll be including this small river barge – from the very fine Artitec range, with some detailing and a coal load yet to be added. Just posed in position for now, with the tide half out, and sitting quite low in the water as well, it looks dwarfed by the quayside. A much larger vessel is needed here and plans are afoot – watch this space… There is a notable absence of the station building and goods shed in the background, as these structures have been temporarily removed for some weathering work to be undertaken by Neil.
There has been a great deal of progress on the locomotives, but I’ll leave the descriptions to the experts who are undertaking the work, such as re-wheeling to P4, detailing, researching and painting, but we are very pleased that Gordon Gravett has agreed to help out the project by sending us some GA drawings and reference for a bulk cargo coaster to go alongside the timber wharf.
This drawing is actually 1/8in = 1ft (1:96) so it will need to be re-scaled. One small point about ships dimensions: the length is usually given as BP (between perpendiculars) and this is not necessarily the overall length. You will see the Aft Perpendicular noted on the drawing as AP and the forward one as FP – it is between these references that the length is measured. Gordon Gravett
Michael Casey, (the original layout owner) chose the M.V. ‘Alacrity’ because it was one he remembered from his time at Kingswear, so this will probably become the prototype, but there are GAs for three other ships, which were F. T. Everard vessels from the London docks at Greenhythe.
A scan of one of Gordon’s original photos of the ‘Alacrity’ that he produced for Kingswear some years ago. These bulk cargo coasters were typically between 167 and 200 ft in length, and the book that Gordon originally used for reference was ‘Everard of Greenhythe’ by Captain K C Garrett.
Stephen Phillips recently contacted me regarding a book he is compiling on Geoff Williams’ EM gauge LNWR Aylesbury High St panoramic model. The new account will describe the ground breaking model and its builder in detail, written by Geoff’s son Bob, drawing on family archive material.
It was suggested to Bob that it might be good to include some detail of the backscene conservation work in the content, and I agreed to contribute a few paragraphs covering this aspect, adding a little to the story of the layout.
Stephen still has a dog-eared 1971 Model Railway News with the original feature, and he remembers Jack Nelson’s work as an influence when training as a technical illustrator way back in time, like me, studying the conventions of vanishing points, foreshortening and eye level horizon. All of this takes me straight back to my college days of course, and I will keep you informed of progress and a publication date.
The forced perspective representations are still impressive even now, so it really was a pioneering work. Rather like George Iliffe Stokes, I think Geoff had the ability to capture atmosphere, and interestingly, he knew J. K. Nelson, who also did much experimental work with perspective models and dioramas. Perhaps they both took influence from museum dioramas and went on to adapt the technique to railway backgrounds. It’s hard to believe this all took place in the late 1950s and early 1960s.
The Missenden Abbey online Autumn weekend event has now taken place, and thanks are due to all those who contributed and participated. It has done a great job of raising awareness of the Railway Modellers courses, and we expect this to stand us in good stead in the future. Well done to Mick Bonwick, Chris Hopper, Mark Riddoch and Simon Roberts. for keeping the enthusiasm alive and well!
This is typical of many backscene study areas we normally apply to test sections at a Missenden Abbey spring weekend. A sketch with apparent size reduction of both land surface features and sky underside also appearing to recede to distance. The tick marks to the right provide a guide to indicate progressive layer spacing.
Andrew Hicks sent in this link to Oxrail 2020, which has plenty of content, such as layout features and video clips.
A frame from one of the layout videos, depicting shunting on ‘Old Parrock’
This would normally go into Michelle’s CPL blog, which we hope to get refreshed soon, but I thought it might be interesting to include it here because of the superb build quality.
Dave Thomas has done this superb G.W.R. Diagram N11 horse box, detailing it with CPL cast brass and etched components.
I may well be putting in some time on a marvellous 7mm scale model of Bourne End station and its surroundings. This was about half way along the line between Maidenhead and High Wycombe, and the time period shown will be the late 1950s. The Wycombe section from there was closed in May 1970, but oddly it still remains as a junction station for the Marlow Donkey branch which headed west for a little over three miles, following the low lying northern Thames riverbank.
The Thames at Marlow, just a short distance upstream, and we are considering a similar river scene for the left hand end of Bourne End, although probably presented in 3D. Amazingly, the Marlow Donkey still runs today and the ‘modernised’ terminus can be found a little further to the right of this popular view of the church and river from the lock.
Researching the surroundings of a railway model thoroughly always pays off in the end, as the less you have to guess, the better the end result will be. It’s still early days on this one, but I have already found some very helpful local contacts in the Resident’s and Community Associations.
The Marlow Donkey passing the Marina level crossing, which will become a necessary scenic break at the left rear view of the scenic section.
Barrie Penfold is the managing editor of ‘Target’ magazine, who I approached for help, and she has very kindly lent me a copy of ‘The way it was’, which is a compilation of photos from members and friends of the Bourne End Residents Association. It’s this kind of record that really helps to take some of that pesky guesswork out of the landscaping of a model. There are dozens of pictures that have never been published elsewhere, so while this is 24k gold for me, the trick is to just keep searching. One of the next steps will be to view and copy as many relevant period photos as I can from the local history section of the library.
I’ll be doing some ally rear panels soon for a permanently installed layout of Bluntisham, which is still in progress. The model will actually be a composite of features on the line between Ely and St Ives, and the landscape view will be looking southward with Ely cathedral on the horizon, seen beneath a big sky, with rolling clouds. Fen villages are founded on rock outcrops poking up above the peat, and it’ll be at the end of summer, with cut wheat , growing sugarbeet and cabbages. Some fallow ground can also be included with ‘black’ peat soil.
This is the kind of sky I’m thinking of at the moment, but we’ll talk it over to make sure we get it right.
A scenic break will appear to left arranged as a road bridge, adjacent to the station and there is a good possibility to mask the fiddle yard transition at the other end with a sugarbeet factory or similar. The alloy backscene panel curve at that end is a good, practical 2ft radius.
I haven’t been able to attend any of the Bucks Hill gatherings of late, which is a pity, as I thoroughly enjoy them, so here are a few archived lineside pictures, along with one or two from other models. We do have an idea to make ‘Bucks Hill – the movie’ and I have done some preparatory work on this, writing voice over copy and finding still frame images, but it’s quite time consuming!
Class N15 ‘King Arthur’ class 4-6-0, No 30740 ‘Merlin’ from 71A Eastleigh shed in early B.R livery.
Lee Marsh Stanier Jubilee No 5593 ‘Kolhapur’ passes by with a rake of L.M.S suburban carriages in lined crimson lake livery. The lined black locomotive was built by the North British Company in 1934.
Kolhapur again with great exhaust retouch, at Sydney gardens.
An open cab pannier tank engine stands in the Bucks Hill yard while a steam roller is delivered in the sidings behind.
G.W.R. Collett 58xx class tank engine approaches the bay platform at Bucks Hill with a mixed branch line train from Hay-on-Wye. No 5818 was permanently on hand to run the daily branch line duties up and down the Golden Valley line until its eventual closure. The 0-4-2T was built in August 1933 and soon became the favourite of the resident driver Charlie Smith who had a habit of taking photos of the day to day activity up and down the line with his black & white camera. The model was built in 2005 from a Modern Outline kit with the usual refinements of detail, using a Zimmo sound chip. John Hayes then applied his painting skills for the finishing touch. Original by Barry Norman
A G.W.R Auto Train pauses at the up main platform ready to cross onto the Golden Valley branch line to Hay-on-Wye. The locomotive is a 517 class tank engine and the train wears the garter livery.
Ex G.W.R. Collett Prairie Tank No 4177 passes Bucks Hill with a single Southern Railway bogie brake van. The engine was built at the end of 1949 and by this time was allocated to 88F Treherbert shed.
Detail of an L.M.S. tank locomotive at Westcott
The famous Dean 4-4-0 ‘City of Truro’ passes by on the up main, seen here in the wonderful panelled monogram livery. The engine was originally built in Sept 1906.
A British Railways Standard 4MT Mogul No 76056 passes Ewyas Harold with a goods train.
The locomotive was built at Doncaster works in May 1955.
The American Pie dragster has made its last pass down Santa Pod Raceway for this season, and like all dragsters, it must now hibernate until March. The usual storage safeguards include standing the chassis up at both ends, blowing up the slicks to 9lbs (to keep their shape), dismantling the valve gear to even the valve spring loads, unpacking the chute and draining the fuel and oil out. There are a few other tasks to attend to, but no major work is required, as we have decided that the relatively few passes this year doesn’t warrant a full inspection teardown.
I’m in the background with my fingers in my ears, because I always forget to put my ear defenders on when we’re at the startline! Original by Callum Pudge Photography.
A similar view made the header picture of the national magazine coverage of the last event. Custom Car Magazine
At some point in the new year, I’ll be helping Neil out with some ally rear panels for a 7mm scale loft layout with some influence from Truro. For the time being, I’ll just go through the usual process of seeing what would appear in view, and from there, we can then make any necessary changes.
The ‘Generate a Panorama’ view looks south, with an 80 degree directional frame limit to both east and west.
This is the panorama we get, which clearly shows the Truro River valley to the left. This only flows a short distance into the Tresillian River, then another confluence with the river Fal, and the south coast at Falmouth
A handy period map crop gives us the basic building blocks……
A modern street navigation helps to identify the surviving structures.
Thanks to Martin Finney, Paul Karau and Philip Hall, I will soon be able to update the Semley section of my site with some much better photos left over from their brilliant MRJ collaboration.
Looking north over the station with the tower of St Mary’s at East Knoyle to the left, and towards Fonthill Abbey, (just obscured by the raised ground to the right)
Ian Statham’s engine shed interior now has a lighting system based on light shades supplied by EMA, reamed out to take a 3mm LED. These are mounted on a channel section, 4 per bay, with the wires running along the channel and through the rear wall to connect to a 12 volt supply. Ian just has to build another seven of these now!
Richard Ellis of Monks Gate models is working on this excellent cutting diorama for Ian, and Neil Podbery will be doing the ground surfaces and foliage once it is painted. If you do like the look of this, there’s a possibility of doing similar versions to order, now all the laser cut templates are worked out, so by all means get in touch for more details.
Robin Ash has been working on another Wainwright D class he has obtained recently. It has a beautiful paint job, almost as good as a Lee Marsh, but it didn’t run at all well so the chassis was stripped down and fitted with painted and lined Slaters wheels and plunger pick ups including tender and it’s now much better. The pier section of the layout has now been moved to allow a 3D backscene, possibly including the ferry, so it certainly promises well.
Work progresses apace on Kingswear, and with all the sky panels now in place, the clouds done over the joins, and the Greenway House and gardens scenic break pretty much complete, I can now confidently leave Neil to finish the remaining sections of 3D backscene work. It’s mainly the scenic section between Higher Ferry and Hoodown that requires landscape cover, and once the rails and ballast are tested and complete, the foreground can be represented, which will be the exposed silt and low water at ebb tide which should make for an interesting study.
Some very handy reference, showing us a great deal more cleared land surface than today’s near continuous tree canopy. The slopes behind the Higher ferry will include garden allotments and patchy scrub land, just as it used to be.
To the left hand side of the Greenway scenic break, we have represented a facade of the famous house, and, as intended, it is now surrounded by trees with a small part of the formal gardens appearing on the slope below the lawn.
This view is taken from under the tree canopy, just a little distance away from the pleasant wooded paths that thread around the grounds. You can only just make out the south facing wall of the house through the undergrowth
A few more craft to populate the Waterhead Creek backwater, with still more to be added Some smaller ones will be placed further up the shore and in the boathouse behind.
First photo of the sidings and completed background, with a single LED strip on just behind the pelmet. Great even warm daylight and no pesky shadows.
3D backscene work above the cutting & tunnel scenic break, showing low relief farm buildings, hedgerows and colour matched trees.
The approach cutting to Greenway tunnel has recently had its scenic cover done and No 9643 emerges bunker first with a short train of brown stock. No less than eight new engines now await detailing, re-wheeling and weathering, so that will be an ongoing project over the next few months, along with the signalling which has now also begun. Please do refer to the ‘Kingswear for Dartmouth’ website to keep up with these aspects of the project.
This lovely print was saved in a folder a while ago, as I’m sometimes lucky enough to stumble across such things while looking for backscene reference. It’s from the ‘Devonshire Illustrated’ series, published in 1832 by Fisher, Son & Co, from a very small engraved steel plate done by Thomas Allom.
Aside from its its lovely overall character, a number of things caught my eye, having just done a later period view in roughly the same direction. The composition originally struck me as romanticised, but looking more carefully, as you navigate across to the Dartmouth bank, the headlands do visually appear to close together like this. Of course it’s all down to the viewpoint, which changes the outlook depending which bank you are closest to, and it’s why ‘Generate a Panorama’ is such a useful device for confirming the land surface and sea level.
Even as a monotone print, the scene is bathed in wonderful light, and I think this is just after dawn on a winter’s morning. It would have been pretty cold out on the water as the Sun rises due east and sets due west, but continues it’s journey southward until, at the winter solstice, it rises as far to the south as it ever does. This is what we see here, and Kingswear would be illuminated, while the facades of Dartmouth remain in shadow,
The bird in the foreground is a delightful touch, and It looks as though the tower of St Petrox church still had a spire at the time, and although it seems to be completely removed from the railway age, it was only going to be 32 years before the first trains appeared at Kingswear.
A progress pic of a diorama cabinet insert, done to represent the platform shelter side of Chiseldon Station, which opened on 27 July 1881 on the Swindon, Marlborough and Andover Railway. Through trains eventually came from the Midlands to the south past Chiseldon after an 1884 amalgamation forming the M&SWJR, and it is this period that we have chosen to represent. Some of the houses in this display have been reduced in width, allowing enough room for a view to distance between them.
This is a ‘Combe Halt’ diorama,which shows a platform scene about half a mile from its village (to the NW) and the hamlet of Combe East End (to the NE). It was opened by the Great Western Railway in 1935, and amazingly It survives today, still occasionally serving it’s Oxfordshire villages on the modern ‘Cotswold Line’.
Laurie Barber has done some panelled CPL coaches for his marvellous 1930s period Trowbridge layout, and he sent a few photos in. The backscene is his own work, and I’ll put the carriages in Michelle’s CPL update when we can get round to it, There’s already quite a backlog. Laurie Barber,
It’s coming along well, the pier is done and it includes a wonderful Lee Marsh Wainwright locomotive. With that, I thought the ideal location would be the south coast and as luck would have it I found a SE & CR steamer called the SS Engadine.
The SS Engadine was a fine looking vessel, and it was built by William Denney & Co. Dumbarton, for the South Eastern and Chatham Railway Company, for service on the Folkestone to Boulogne route.
What could make a better backscene than a 1911 ferry for a fine Edwardian engine on a pier? Let me know if you just need your backscene sketched out. This idea would certainly lend itself to a semi relief presentation.
Ian Statham’s running shed is taking shape, with end walls and supports going in. Next job is to detail the floor surface with soot, oil and puddles!
Neil and I will shortly be paying a visit to an extensive loft layout under construction, based on Truro, to see what can be done in terms of surroundings and scenic cover.
Pat Humphrys sent in a picture of his latest tree in situ, just temporarily planted for now, and not scenically blended in yet. A tangled old hedgerow would provide a good grounding for this one.
Tim Thistlethwaite of MBS Models needed an early coupling chain and hook for a broad gauge Rover class locomotive and sent us this marvellous photo from Eupatoria, A lovely reproduction, developed from a plate glass negative. We managed to find another plate glass side view confirming that indeed the tender has the same coupling fitted.
Tim will fabricate the boss that is recessed into the buffer beam and send us some photos of the finished installation, but probably a little later in the year when the build will be finished
We managed to assemble enough parts to do the job, and we do supply Finney 7 with CPL couplings from time to time, including the Swindon GWR Screw shackles that were fitted to the Rover engines in later years. Please do take the time to see their superb range of 7mm scale kits here……
http://www.finney7.co.uk/index.html
The CPL pre-grouping style bufferbeam safety chains have done well and there are some installed build progress pictures on the way for those as well.
A few unpublished pictures, mostly monotone, and some from previous Bucks Hill sessions, some old, and some more recent.
Sepia study of Stirling ‘Single’
Passengers at Bucks Hill up platform, looking north.
A Steam roller arrives in the yard with a water tank wagon.
No 3405 ‘Empire of India’ heads west with brown vehicles.
The station building and platform with figures
Our Lee Marsh ‘Duke of Connaught’ at Bristol old station.
The Summer Fields School project ‘Randolph’s yard’ at night, which now has stars as tiny points of light, constant ambient sounds, and window lights winking on and off. The chimney uses a cold water vapour effect to represent smoke while an animated crane loads and unloads a lorry at periodic random intervals. A working beam engine can be seen in the boiler house, and I’m sure before long they will think of even more additions to include as well as the usual train movements. Andrew Hicks.
This photo by the very talented Callum Pudge has captured American Pie in motion, nine seconds after its launch & still travelling at about 140mph with the brakes gently applied. This is Santa Pod’s well maintained ‘shutdown’ area which is an asphalt surface extending for nearly half a mile beyond the quarter mile finish line, allowing plenty of safe slowing distance for eight second cars like ours. (It’s a little less forgiving for the 6 and 5 second entries!)
The single 175mph Stroud parachute has deployed perfectly, with the pilot chute just visible behind. Callum Pudge.
https://www.facebook.com/PudgeysPictures/
A great clip from 1965, showing AA Fuel dragsters at the very spartan Fontana Raceway, a few miles to the west of San Bernardino CA, in the days where they went 7s at 200 and nobody had even heard of a computer!
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FTS13Vl1gvU
26th July 2020
Mostly working on dioramas at the moment, and I’ll see if I can get a decent photo of one or two of these perhaps for next time.
We have now done a couple of mob days at Kingswear, working on the station forecourt and bay platform surfaces, with Paul making progress on locomotives and stock. A few more newly finished landscape elements have gone in around the Greenway area and the sky panels are being fitted as well. There’s still a lot to do.
Paul has also done the level crossing surface and check rails at Britannia Halt, which gives us the ferry ramp level and the approach road surface height. As a result, we have been able to tack the small row of buildings into place along the Higher Ferry Road opposite the rear wall of the signal cabin. This job requires the use of a small spirit level, as virtually all the structures in the Dart valley are constructed onto sloping plots
A ‘warm daylight’ dimmable LED strip has been temporarily fitted in behind the pelmet above the Waterhead creek area. It worked really well, giving the scene a superb even illumination with no unwanted shadows anywhere. The only things which might be worth adding in would be a second strip to increase the available intensity, and maybe a ‘sunlight’ spot effect to reflect off the rippled creek water surface, which the LEDs seemed to flatten out a bit. All in all, a terrific effect, The wiring for the building lights is virtually finished now (apart from signals which run from track current).
The last sky panel will be trimmed and fitted in next time, and even at 2.4m long each, they are still quite straightforward to install by just dropping them down behind the 3D backscene, aligning to the previous panel, and drilling it below the skyline for a nut and bolt through the upright. Paul has positioned the top pelmet panels all the way round now, and they can just be temporarily set aside while we finish the sky and fill over the joins.
The stairs and ground surfaces surrounding the Greenway Bath House are now done, the old gun emplacement is located, as well as a section of wall surrounding the Camellia garden. Once all the foliage and tree cover goes onto the riverbank, most of these features will be obscured by undergrowth, the idea being that we only see them by looking beneath the tree canopy, leaving them just barely visible in dappled shadow.
The exposed silt will be seen at low tide beneath the Bath house, and Neil can bring this to life with pebbles, sand and layers of deposited seaweed. I found a useful picture with layering for this foreground area, and we could include the eroded area at the back edge of the ridge. This could be represented by adding some nearly dried out plaster just for a subtle effect which, once smoothed over a little, would look natural. Maybe it comes about when the high tide level comes over and runs down the back making rivulets as it does so.
One of my favourite photos of sunlight glinting onto the water surface of the creek, and the well used rails.
In the locomotive department, It looks as if we’ll be able to confidently model a curved framed ‘Bulldog’ 4-4-0 No 3313 ‘Jupiter’, and No 6045 ‘King Richard 1’ as well, so we’ll be seeking reference on these, and keeping an eye out for any other candidates.
The ‘Kingswear for Dartmouth’ website is ready, and it looks quite interesting from a research project point of view, by all means have a look at the page via the link provided,
https://kingswearinp4.weebly.
https://www.rmweb.co.uk/community/index.php?/topic/156336-kingswear-for-dartmouth/
http://www.westernthunder.co.uk/index.php?threads/kingswear-for-dartmouth.8867/
This is the home page pic for now, but we’ll change it as soon as we have a railway view. Thanks to all the enthusiastic modellers for their supportive comments and genuine interest, both on Facebook, the ‘RM Web’ forum and the ‘Western Thunder’ site. Some copy has recently been added describing the materials and methods used to do the foliage work in the landscape page. There are many others who have contributed their time and effort to this build along the way, so there’s a debt of gratitude to them as well, and there will be quite a bit more to come as the build progresses.
Here are a few pictures and captions for now……
Next to the locomotive is the No 2 wagon of William Beer & Co, one of five coal merchants in Kingsbridge, Devon. The yard was in Fore Street, which was the principal thoroughfare of the town, running the whole length, with houses, shops and formed gardens to either side.
This is how the transition from village to woodland used to look, but this area now is a great deal more built up with rendered modern housing. The decorative brick Victorian houses seen here still remain, dotted among the later additions, sometimes close to their original condition, and sometimes ‘modernised’.
‘Cordon’ gas tank wagons were often seen at Hoodown sidings in readiness for the daily task of re-supplying the ‘Torbay Express’ carriages. The running line can be seen (freshly ballasted) behind the carriage, with the steeply sloping scrub land rising up behind the rails. The siding in the foreground used to continue further along, and had formerly been ‘Forwoods’ coal siding serving an old jetty. Owen Job, one of the signalmen, kept a basket alongside the Hoo Down carriage siding on the other side for waste food from the ‘Torbay’. He used the scraps to feed animals on his smallholding, collecting it with a horse and cart.
Driver of Pannier tank 9643 stops for a word with the signalman before returning ‘light engine’ to Newton Abbott. The Collett 57xx class was first introduced in 1933, and No 9643 emerged from Swindon works in early 1946.
The lights are working, but they are turned right up here. As they are dimmable, it’s going to be a question of adjusting them to achieve a subtle balance between the daylight and the evening intensity so everything looks understated.
Pannier tank No 9682 pauses briefly on the bridge at Waterhead Creek, with a guards van destined for an outgoing coal train for Torbay Gasworks. There is a long siding on the left, and shorter sidings on the right which are crossed by the Hoodown Crossing, giving access to the Dart Harbour and Navigation Authority workshop on the right, and to a road on the north side of Waterhead Creek. After crossing the Waterhead Viaduct across Waterhead Creek, the running line curves gently to the right as it approaches Kingswear station.
Riverside Wharf, Brixham Road and Ivydale.
Mick Bonwick has sent an update regarding the temporary situation with the Missenden Abbey Modeller events, so I’ll include it here in slightly abbreviated form. He has come up with a proposed on-line substitute resource, and thats a great Idea that I will be happy to contribute to. I’ll post any progress on this here as soon as I know more.
He has also reported the recent sad passing of Bob Alderman, who was a supporter of many railway projects, a tutor at Missenden, and a friend of mine…. R.I.P.
After much deliberation it has been decided that the Missenden Abbey Railway Modellers Autumn Weekend for 2020 is cancelled, however, instead of you coming to Missenden Abbey, we hope to bring a little of the Missenden experience to a computer near you. We are looking to provide a ‘virtual’ weekend with an on-line selection of tutorials, articles and projects that can be accessed during the weekend of 16th – 18th October. A full programme will be distributed soon, and if there is anything that you would like to see included, then please let us know via the ‘Contact Us’ page on the website.
http://www.missendenrailwaymodellers.org.uk/index.php/contact-us/
We have put in some time lately developing a kit for pre-grouping style bufferbeam safety chains. As we have had a few supplier difficulties, there are only a few kits currently in stock, but we expect to have full availability of these new products hopefully within a few weeks from now. Of course, these did vary from company to company, so we have tried to include enough parts and spare components to enable different variations to be made quite easily. I have included some copy from the instruction leaflet and a simple exploded view on the CPL site, and there are some limited stock 4mm scale detailing accessories listed, as well as a set of 7mm scale dining car bodies in partial kit form.
The kit includes:
4 Lost Wax Brass top shackles,
4 Lost Wax Brass cast hooks,
8 intermediate links,
1 length 20 thou extra link wire,
1 piece 40 thou plastikard.
Work has now begun on a mockup of a 3D backscene for the 7mm scale ‘Rosedale’, which is an exhibition layout under construction, depicting a Midland Railway branch line terminus c1900, located in the limestone hills of Derbyshire.
This preliminary sketch shows an aspect of a typical village as seen from it’s station, looking along a valley with high peaks beyond. This will be a good example of including a 3D landscape into an area of the layout where there is space allowed for well researched landscape features and authentic examples of local architecture.
This is the section where we can recreate the proposed scene in 3D.
Ian Statham sent in a few interesting items, and to start with, he has kept himself busy over the last 2 months building a Connoisseur kit of a LNER Class G5
No 67248 approaching Tunstow station with a local service. The Worsdell 0-4-4T was completed at Darlington Works at the end of August 1900.
Ian has started making a running shed diorama by building the rear wall first, (see photo) and this is pretty much how I did my shed, painting the main components before final assembly.
A few unpublished pictures from previous Bucks Hill events again, some old, some more recent. I’m still looking forward to the next gathering of course for a good catch up.
A Double framed Dean ‘3252’ class 4-4-0 No 9083 ‘Comet’ passes Ewyas Harold on the down main with a short goods train. The locomotive was built at Swindon at the end of March 1899.
Dean single No 3039 ‘Dreadnought ‘ in the wonderful panelled ‘Monogram’ livery heads a down passenger service.
Churchward 2-8-0 No 3805 heads an up coal train. The loco wears the unlined goods livery with a simple shirtbutton roundel, and was built in August 1939 at Swindon.
Collett 4-6-0 No 5007 ‘Rougemont Castle’ was finished at Swindon in June 1927. The origins of this highly successful design date back to the Star Class of 1907 which introduced the basic 4-cylinder 4-6-0 layout. The Castles were about 10% more powerful than the Stars.
Adapted and cropped from a Model Rail Magazine feature photograph, this Chris Nevard study has been rendered in monotone and features GWR 4-4-0 curved frame Bulldog which was built in 1900. The model of No 3331 ‘Pegasus’ was built in the late nineties from a Martin Finney kit, with full inside motion and it uses a Portescap/ABC combination. John Hayes painted and weathered this one, which features CPL combined name/number plates and couplings. The train has just entered the scenic section of Bucks Hill and is about to round the short curving embankment to the south west of the station. A tumbledown barn appears to be nearly surrounded by trees on the hillside behind. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
A study of a six wheeled tank wagon built by Phil Gomm.
Phil Gomm’s photogenic Collett 1400 class 0-4-2 No 1473 with an auto trailer. The locomotive was built at Swindon in April 1936, and these were a familiar sight on many Great Western branch lines. In later BR days, some of them were painted in fully lined out passenger green livery.
This photo of my first dragster came to light recently, and I had no idea it even existed. It’s different in configuration to American Pie, because it has the motive power positioned behind the pilot. This type is known as a back motor dragster, and it has a Hilborn injected 302 cubic inch Chevrolet V8 with a 350HP output We managed a 9.4 second elapsed time with this car.
This interesting photo appeared recently on Instagram, and it shows the right bank of our Plymouth V8, which contains cylinders Nos 1, 3 ,5 & 7.
This view of Amersham old town appeared in a Buckinghamshire ‘Little Guide’ which was given to me recently. These charming little hardback pocket books were originally compiled by E.S. Roscoe in 1903, but I have an example of the seventh edition, published in early 1950.
This photo looks like pre-war Amersham, so it hasn’t been updated, and presents a pleasant, less cluttered place, as a pose to the current attractively framed car park!
Working on a batch of dioramas at the moment, with several on the go at once, including a variety of different scenes, ranging from open rural landscapes to busy depot scenarios with townscape backgrounds.
Paul Woodward has also been making steady progress with the Kingswear project and he is receiving a great deal of encouragement and support from the modelling fraternity. I am very pleased with this, as it really keeps the enthusiasm topped up, and we’ll be able to pick things up again very quickly when the time comes. There’s plenty to be getting on with, and lately some more of the underside wiring has been connected to enable the lighting of the buildings.
Once there is a little more rolling stock sorted out, I’ll provide a link to the new website and it can then strike a happy balance between the architectural and historic research aspects of Kingswear, and the specific railway content. The model will eventually feature a prototypical stable of locomotives representing the Forties period, but it’s very much an ongoing project at the moment.
A second careening berth has now been made for the shoreline approaching Brittannia Halt and Kingswear Signal Box is now finished, and temporarily rested in place.
A few of the details may need modifying slightly in due course but Paul has captured the overall character very nicely. Some more detail can be added, such as the timber walkways covering the point rodding, and a hedge at the far end, which Neil will no doubt have fun with, along with a missing telegraph pole.
We are part way through a set of labelled pics of Kingswear houses as Paul is keen to publish these eventually as a record of the research that went into the townscape. The upper half of the steep riverbank is still wooded, but the lower trees have long since been cleared away for houses and gardens. Small lanes and narrow paths have been cut, and stone retaining walls now provide step plateaus for the houses and hotels. Cleared gardens are simply represented as a patchwork quilt running down the steep sides of the creek.
At the other end of the model, we have included a representation of Greenway, and this 1854 OS map of the estate has come in quite handy, showing gardens, orchards and cleared meadows beyond. Five walled gardens were set out around the house between 1791 and 1839 with the Camellia Garden set to the south west in an irregular walled enclosure with an east-west path. A stepped path from the Camellia Garden leads east to a circular walled seat, and another leads south to the Saluting Battery, and the Bath and Boat house which is done. I’ll get a photo of that up once Neil has blended it into the tree covered lower riverbank
The Saluting Battery is indicated to the west of the bath house, with a sales document of 1851 stating that there was a ‘battery of nine-pounder saluting cannons’ upon a semicircular platform enclosed by a low crenellated stone wall with extensive views north-west and south along the River Dart. The Battery appears to have been part of the defences of the Dart estuary constructed during the Napoleonic wars.
Summer sky and the furthest visible headland on the Dartmouth side. Done from reference, the sloped fields rise up from Warfleet creek, and over Weeke Hill (at centre).
In the meantime, as we wait to resume progress, Neil has been undertaking weathering commissions as well as making headway on his own diorama work, and here’s a good example of a preparatory sketch for one end of a mainline cabinet diorama. This is still in the planning stage, but it always pays to sketch and mock up the job in order to visualise the scene before committing to the actual nuts and bolts. Neil Podbery
Another example of specific weathering work in this study of a 10 ton Southern Railway open.
Andrew Hicks has sent an update on ‘Randolph’s Yard’ which is a small shunting puzzle and diorama layout he has been building with the boys of Summer Fields School.
The idea was to develop a curriculum to expose the boys to the best of the hobby, sufficient to inspire them, as well as giving them the confidence to start off on their own. The working historic model project also makes a point of including new technology, all of which ties into school curriculums for DT, physics and art, among other subjects.
The Randolph’s Yard diorama started with an introduction to perspective and backscenes, (which I was happy to help out with), as well as making a practical start on Scalescenes paper kits with Andrew. The 3D backscene has come out very well indeed, blending really well with the scale models in the foreground and it’s based on the layered townscape exercise we did in the first work session. The windows are lit in three groups, independently controlled to come on and off at random during night sequences.
This has been such a success that Andrew, and his teaching colleagues at the Summer Fields School are to be congratulated on their effort, and the building of Randolph’s Yard will eventually be published in Railway Modeller Magazine in two parts.
This is a small townscape section in progress, that will be visible between two larger foreground buildings in a display diorama cabinet. To the right will be a typical coaling stage/water tower, while an industrial building obscures the view to the right. It’s only about an inch and a quarter in depth, and a row of 6mm scale loco coal wagons appear just below this (at the top of the incline). A ‘King’ class locomotive will eventually take centre stage.
I’ll include a few examples of ready made 2D backscenes in this update from a variety of sources, because one of them really did give me a good idea for a diorama project. The old style illustrated backscenes do take quite a bit of criticism nowadays, and they can suffer from the awkward combination of a perspective image in 2D and a moving observer, but the main reason why these otherwise very well presented backdrops fail the illusion test is because the opportunity to include them as the furthest visible element of an otherwise 3D scene is rarely, if ever, taken up.
It’s not the quality of the illustration that is the problem, because having done a few of these, I’d say most of them are well rendered. With a progressive relief applied to other, similar facade buildings in the foreground, as well as some cutting and layering, these could be persuaded to form quite a good backdrop, especially if care is taken to obscure those pesky foreshortened viewing angles by using view blocking devices at either side. It might be fun to try an experiment and see what could be achieved, because it would be simple and inexpensive to just buy one, then get it scanned and reprint it colour/size adjusted to suit the rear panel of a card mockup.
The famous village 2D backdrop looks a bit like Pinner High Street, and is another one of those images that I’ll occasionally browse. It may be seen as ‘old hat’ but it could still give very good service on an older style freelance when applied creatively, and many of the 2D perspective issues could be brought to heel by considering it as a potential backing panel of an otherwise 3D presentation.
Here’s another old backscene example, but again it’s actually well drawn and could be very successfully applied, especially with care given to the viewing height and again, the image can be augmented with 3D detail in front to bring it to life. With dock cranes and other vessels, it’s going to be really susceptible to shadow problems so be really careful with the lighting.
This advert appeared in a 1980’s Railway Modeller magazine and it gave me a bit of an idea for a background for a ‘boat train’ diorama that I started a little while ago. I’m looking at etches to do the jibs of the dockside cranes and other small scale warehouses, as well as being part way to doing two 7mm scale ships for the foreground and a dockside crane. It’s not something I can get round to for a few more months, but it would be a terrific cabinet diorama subject.
This would make a different diorama, and you could alternate between seeing posh boat trains with prestige passenger locomotives on the quayside, or goods trains shunted by industrial and dock engines just as well. I have made a fair bit of progress on it now, partly because it’s a little different and most model dockside scenes depict smaller vessels moored against high harbour walls, with the trains seen above and behind them. This one has larger vessels behind instead, and the trains can be seen in front. Between the stern of one ship, and the bow of another, a liner can be seen, with the jibs of cranes visible behind it. I think this one might look good at night, with the shadows of the cranes and slowly moving wagons making patterns on the cobbled dockside. The scene would benefit from a convincing sound track loop as well, with old fashioned ship/crane sounds and gently lapping waves. It could be arranged with fiddleyards and taken to exhibitions in an estate type car for amusement.
The new range of Peco backscenes are photographically generated, but as they are lucky enough to be located in a very beautiful part of the country, it was only natural that they would look close to home for their first subject. This lovely panorama was taken by the bank of the picturesque River Axe
Obviously, we haven’t been to any gatherings at Bucks Hill lately, but I can still post a few previously unpublished images from Bucks Hill and some from Phil Gomm, who has very kindly sent in some pictures of his latest projects, which are well worth a look.
The first one is Holden J15 0-6-0 No 65390. The ex Great Eastern Railway 0-6-0 was built in 1900 at Stratford Works, and like many of Phil’s models it has a link to the G.C. London extension line in its last years, being allocated to 34E Neasden shed. Phil Gomm
Phil has made this Brake van recently which would accompany No 65390 on it’s travels, and there is a Modelu figure of our old friend Paul Glover sat on the bench seat! Phil Gomm
A study of Ex L.N.E.R. Gresley corridor carriage No E3367E
This Thompson B1 class 4-6-0 No 61028 ‘Umseke’ is another one from Phil’s collection. The locomotive was built at Darlington Works in the summer of 1947, and it’s shed allocations were Neasden and Woodford Halse, both located on the ex Great Central Railway London extension. Phil has done his own weathering from photographic reference.
Maunsell Schools class No 30925 ‘Cheltenham’ was built in summer 1934 at Eastleigh works, and it appears on the down main at Ewyas Harold. These were the last locomotives in Britain to be designed with this wheel arrangement, and were the most powerful class of 4-4-0 ever produced in Europe. All 40 were named after English public schools, and were designed as intermediate express passenger locomotives for lines which could cope with high axle loads but had short turntables. The basic layout of the class was influenced by the existing ‘’Lord Nelson’’ class 4-6-0 design, but the use of the round topped firebox enabled Maunsell to design the cab’s curved profile to fit the gauge restrictions of the Hastings line while still allowing adequate forward visibility. The short frame length of the 4-4-0 locomotive also caused very little overhang on the line’s tight curves. ‘Cheltenham’ was used on the old GC line between Marylebone and Woodford Halse for a week or so after a railtour as well as some passenger duties and returns from Banbury on milk tanker empties. As usual, Phil has weathered, and presented this locomotive from his own photographic reference.
Phil has also just finished this MOK kit build of a 9F BR Standard 2-10-0, which represents No 92132. The loco was built at Crewe Works in 1957.
This is an overview of Tim Peacock’s excellent High Wycombe station area, not including the goods sheds and sidings in the immediate foreground, which Tim is currently working on. The suburb of Totteridge occupies the southern slope of Amersham Hill rising directly behind the station as we look north, and Tim intends to reproduce this as part of the 3D backscene to complete the surroundings. Tim Peacock
Here is the first test section rested in position with the various prototypical commercial buildings and residential roads as they appeared at the time. This is a great opportunity to see a well researched and mapped out test section like this doing its job. It provides not only a historically accurate townscape presented in relief, but also enables a quick visual to check the environment and the relative balance in comparison to its scale model below. I find it helps to just leave a mockup in place for a while just to get used to the transformation of the view, as it’s a shock to the system to go from no backscene at all to a full on 3D scene to distance. If you are considering a 3D effort for your layout, this is the very best way to approach it. Tim Peacock.
Ian Statham sent in this view of his ‘Tunstow’ station facade rested in position on the brick overbridge scenic break at the right hand end , and it’s working very nicely. The slightly under scale reproduction of Stone station in Staffordshire has been produced with moulded architectural carved limestone detailing all done in Ian’s favourite Das clay,including the capping as well as all the window mullions and arched portico entrance. The window glazing bars have been successfully included by using strips of self adhesive vinyl sheet, so we are still gainfully using what used to be known as sticky back plastic!
No race activity at Santa Pod yet this season, and so along with the rest of the Wild Bunch, I have no choice but to wait, and anticipate a return……… We’ll get adequate notice from WB to enable the preparation tasks to be done without panic. This Gary Colman photo shows us backing up American Pie to it’s optimum place at the startline after it’s burnout, but we didnt get it quite right this time! I’ll settle for the chance to improve later on this year and keep you posted.
A little while ago, Tony Geary took on a CPL 7mm scale Diagram N16 and also obligingly researched the correct type of lamp top which we didn’t have at the time, along with quite a few other details. As always with Tony’s craftsmanship, the end result is stunning. Here’s a good photo which appeared in a post on the O Gauge Scale Modellers Facebook page which was then passed on to us by Dave Thomas. Tony’s build was expertly painted by Paul Moore.
We do have one more of these in stock and they will be coming complete with lamp tops next time! I’ll speak to Tony about the other missing components to complete the job as soon as soon as I can get round to it.
Just quietly working away this month, I have an endless amount to do with many dioramas to design and build, and no excuse not to get on with them! I’ll just put a few captioned pics up here from all over the place for now, but I’m really looking forward to getting back on site to finish my responsibilities at the Kingswear P4 layout. There are still plenty of jobs to do around the Greenway and Britannia halt areas, as well as aligning, fitting, and invisibly joining all the sky panels to form a continuous diorama.
The station backscene is now done, and because the baseboards are quite wide at this point, it means that all the station structures and detailing can now be permanently fitted into the foreground. Paul is making good progress on this, with work on the canopy structure, as well as ongoing research into signals and telegraph arrangements. We have now begun to populate the Kingswear website with reference photos and maps, and although it’s a bit too soon to publish, it’s coming along quite well.
This sky panel will appear above the Hoodown riverbank and it features a breezy look, with the cloud tops dissipating, and a subtle high altitude mackerel vapour layer behind.
Kevin Wilson’s Masterpiece Clan
Rose Smith & co 8 plank open wagon
Autumn sunlight on Neil’s siding diorama, with an ex G.W.R. pannier nearly finished, and a gabled building in the middle distance.
Pannier cab & bunker monotone study
Ian Statham has been working on the factory facade for the left hand fiddle yard side. weathering down of the lintels and sills.
The final lettering/signs have now been added by printing the words onto stiff paper and cutting out to make a stencil.
Ian is also having a double track diorama built to display his Saint class G.W.R. Atlantic, No 185 ‘Peveril of the Peak’ (Sir Walter Scott’s longest novel of 1823) with an accompanying carriage. It will feature a tunnel portal at one end and an over bridge at the other, with the loco being fully out in the open and the rear end of the carriage being concealed inside the portal, A low retaining wall will appear below track level at the front with a high wall rising well above track level behind.
Thirteen of these were built as 4-4-2s and six as 4-6-0s. However, by January 1913, Churchward was persuaded by the superior adhesion provided by a 4-6-0 and they had all been converted to this wheel arrangement. The new locomotives were numbered 172–190 with twelve of them named after characters in the novels of Sir Walter Scott.
The liveries and crests are consistent with either 1906-1908 as Atlantic No 185 was converted in about 1912. It was originally allocated to Westbourne Park (Paddington) and latterly to Landore (Swansea). so the location of the scene cold be either be between South Wales and London Paddington, but possibly also the West Country to Bristol and beyond to Exeter. In May 1906, Charles Collett, then assistant manager of Swindon Works, supervised a demonstration run of number 2903 Lady of Lyons, newly released from the erecting shop. By mile-post timings observed from the engine and from passing times recorded at Little Somerford and Hullavington signal boxes, 4 1⁄2 miles apart and with a descending gradient of 1 in 300 between them, a speed of 120 miles per hour was noted.
Because of the variety of shackles and trunnions on the CPL 7mm scale coupling kits, we sometimes get enquiries whether we can assemble types from other railway companies, and here are a couple of examples.
Ken-de Groome’s superb Metropolitan Railway Bo Bo uses a modified CPL coupling.
Cambrian Railway Co 0-4-4T No 8 stands at Aberwstwyth. A 3-link & loose screw coupling recently supplied for a private scratchbuild.
By all means get in touch if you have a pre-grouping, or foreign design that differs from the existing kits, and we’ll see what we can come up with.
A few unpublished pictures from previous Bucks Hill events, some old, some more recent. Everyone is naturally looking forward to the next gathering, which will be absolutely mobbed with attendees and a mile long queue of wonderful newly finished locomotives!
A ‘2883’ class 2-8-0 passes the up platform ends at Bucks Hill with an up coal train. No. 3806 was built in summer 1939, and it appears in the austere Great Western livery of unlined Brunswick green with just a shirtbutton roundel on the tender.
Designed by Richard Maunsell for the Southern Railway in 1930, the ‘V Class’, better known as the ‘Schools’ Class’ were essentially a modified ‘Lord Nelson’ locomotive. Maunsell used the round-topped firebox from the ‘King Arthur’ class, which had the useful side-effect of making them narrow enough for routes such as Tonbridge to Hastings with it’s restricted loading gauge. No 926 ‘Repton’ was completed at Eastleigh in May 1934 and spent most of it’s working life in the Bournemouth area. The superb model in it’s BR livery was brought along by the well known painting & lining expert Ian Rathbone.
I sent a few photos of No 2924 ‘Saint Helena’ to Chris Gates a few weeks ago. he used to own the locomotive but didn’t have a record of it. Once Chris has done his house move, he’s going to start a scenic layout based on the Dart valley which I’m really looking forward to seeing. The 77 ‘Saint’ class locomotives were built with some design influence from a De-Glehn Compound Atlantic in four production series between 1905 and 1913, and St Helena emerged from Swindon Works in September 1907
No 102 ‘La France’ at Ewyas Harold wearing it’s fine lined black livery. There are certainly some similarities in proportion between these and the Saints. It might be interesting to overlay the GA drawings to see what lines up. Original by Richard Chetland
A 57’ toplight seven compartment corridor third passes by on the up main. No 7745 was built by John Petcher using Trevor Charlton etched sides. Original by Barry Norman.
The G.W.R ‘Grange’ class 4-6-0s were effectively a smaller-wheeled version of the Hall Class, and although built to a thirty five-year old design, they proved to be reliable performers. They could handle most duties on the network, with their smaller driving wheels giving them a higher tractive effort than the Hall Class. They were often used for the haulage of perishable goods, such as fruit and broccoli, and for excursion trains. No 6829 ‘Burmington Grange’ was built at Swindon in the late 30s.
Four prototype 4-4-0 double-frame locomotives were built at the Swindon Works of the Great Western Railway in 1894, becoming known as the ‘Armstrong’ class. At the end of the 19th century the four locos ran between London and Bristol, but after about 1910 they were moved to Wolverhampton and worked north from there. Rather later, between 1915 and 1923, all four were rebuilt with 6 ft 8.5 in (2.04 m) driving wheels and Standard No. 2 boilers, becoming members of the Flower class. Here is a detail of the attractive splasher arrangement of No 16 ‘Brunel’
Pristine Lee Marsh on the down main at Ewyas Harold
Sepiatone of Lee Marsh carriages standing at Temple Meads. The example in the platform road is in the 1912 lake livery. Lee Marsh
Roof detail study of Temple Meads old station
Dean Single & Clerestory carriage. Cliff Williams
Norman Solomon has been keeping up with the Kingswear progress, as he originally laid the rails, and once we get a bit further along, he’ll pay us a visit.
Norman sent in this superbly made assembly of pointwork he has just done, and although it looks like a P4 panel it’s actually done in OO. Norman Soloman.
One of Norman’s reference photos
American Pie is pretty much ready, so it’s all revved up and no place to go! As soon as the revised event calendar is finalised, I will re-assemble the valvegear, fit a new ignition battery and load the van using my trusty dog eared checklist! I’ll post a link to the relevant info as soon as anything is released….. come along if you need a break from modelling, but bring some earplugs!. @Hemidragster (facebook)
Nowadays, every drag race event is oversubscribed, and this year will be even worse than normal. As a result, there are only a few scheduled passes in a day for each entry, so the ‘Pie’ spends most of the time getting fussed over in it’s designated Wild Bunch pit area while we wait for the marshalls to call us, and our competitors into the fire-up road. Mark is changing one of the two flow restriction jets (known as pills) that allow him to adjust the air/methanol ratio.
This shows one bank of the engine, with a valve cover removed for maintenance. It clearly shows the ally replacement ‘hemi’ heads which were cast using resin bonded sand cores in the Edelbrock Foundry, San Jacinto CA. These are much lighter than the original Plymouth iron versions, and they come fully machined for combustion chamber ‘O’ rings as well as other improvements like sturdier port roofs for heavy duty valvesprings. The Ray Barton roller bearing valve gear, has individual rocker shafts, (unlike most hemis), and these are exclusively produced for them by T&D Machine of Carson City, Nevada.
In order to obtain greater passenger accommodation, the GWR built a great many different types of trailers to pair up with the new steam rail motors and later auto trains. We do have a few of these listed as 15 thou etched sides, ends and other components in 7mm scale, and they can be found here :
The Wikipedia resource, has quite a useful reference table that goes some way to help identifying these, while also dating rebuilds as well, which continued well into the BR period and the mid-fifties.
The ‘L’ tools have just been dispatched for new batches to be made in 4 & 7mm scales, so let us know if you would like one, and trade enquiries are most welcome. Please do bear in mind that we have A27 Trailers in 4mm as well, so e-mail or call whichever you prefer.
Here are a couple of scans of the Edwardian GWR trailer Diagram ‘L’ , which a few modellers are now beginning to build as part of one of the original combinations of railmotor and trailer. The first six of these 70 ft vehicles were constructed in 1906 as lot 1108 and numbered 29-34, and they do differ to the much shorter Dapol Auto trailer which is to Diagram N of 1907, and again to the Great Western Society’ restored 1912 steam railmotor trailer No 92 which is 70ft, but is built to Diagram U.
The Missenden Abbey Modellers Spring Weekend has now taken place, and as usual, it turned out to be a success. I would like to thank the participants for their encouraging feedback on the backscene course and I’ll include a couple of project test sections. Other examples of course work will be published on their newly updated website in due course.
Nigel Phillips attended the Abbey, and did this section as part of the preparation for his new project. It’s going to be a model of a lineside depot on the approach to Penzance station, and the landscape must represent the layered contours of the Cornish coast, looking inland directly north.
Tim Peacock wanted to put together a 3D test mockup for his High Wycombe layout, and this excellent folded card townscape was the result. The front row of buildings in this view correspond to the period mapping, while the subsequent layers appear in progressively reduced scales.
Kingswear is still making good progress, and as with many layouts, we have had to provide a scenic visual ‘break’, and some scale compression of the line has been necessary to allow this. The obvious local feature to do the job was the southern portal of Greenway tunnel, so we chose to include some of the landscape features that surround it.
No one knows exactly when Agatha Christie first spotted Greenway, (which is sited just above and to the west of the tunnel mouth) but what is known is that she immediately fell in love with it, buying the house for their holiday home together with 35 acres of grounds for £6,000. Both Agatha and her husband Max Mallowan were keen gardeners, and here together they continued the traditions first established by Roope Harris. Max Mallowan was knighted for his services to archaeology and later Agatha Christie was made a Dame of the British Empire. The house facade is seen here at skyline, represented in reduced scale. Neil Podbery.
This Royal Navy bus will probably take it’s place alongside Britannia halt, waiting for the higher ferry, (probably going over to drop off the laundry from the naval college).
In our reference file, we noticed a row of horizontal timbers at the waterline by the creek bridge, and these were used for ‘careening’, or ‘heaving down’. This was the practice of grounding a sailing vessel at high tide, in order to expose one side of its hull for maintenance and repairs below the water line at ebb tide.
The process involved securing a top halyard to the sturdy timber uprights to pull the mast over as far as possible. As the tide went out, maintenance jobs could be performed, possibly damage repair, tarring the exterior to reduce leakage (caulking), or removing fouling organisms, such as barnacles, to increase the ship’s speed. We’ll have see if it’s best to model this practise or just leave it unused.
Paul sent me this more recent shot of the scenic break feature, with his addition of period motor vehicles, and it’s great to see these detailing touches breathing life into the scene, some 3mm nominal trees in front of the house will eventually add another focal layer to help ‘frame’ this scene. Dame Agatha gifted Greenway to her daughter Rosalind in 1959 and passing away 17 years later at the age of 85. Rosalind and her family eventually agreed to give this historic place together with Lower Greenway Farm (which we have represented a little to the east) to the National Trust. Paul Woodward
Looks as if it might be cancelled….. check the RM web, and the official link below.
There was a most enjoyable gathering at Bucks Hill recently, with a good number of visiting locomotives, so here are just a few studies, courtesy of Dave Thomas.
No 1165 pauses outside Bucks Hill cabin. These small 0-4-2T tank engines were designed by George Armstrong for local passenger work on the Great Western Railway, and were built at Wolverhampton Works. Earlier ones were rebuilt from saddle tanks while the later ones were built as side tanks from the beginning, and as late as the 1920s, members of this class were still to be found in almost all parts of the GWR system. Dave Thomas.
Ex G.W.R. Collett 2-6-2T No 4105 in early period British Railways black livery passes Ewyas Harold with loco coal empties. The original was a member of a modified design of the 5100 Class introduced in 1929, and this particular example was built at Swindon at the end of September 1935. Dave Thomas.
Pristine Lee Marsh Collett 5101 Class prairie tank locomotive No 5109 passes with a down van train. This member of the class was finished at Swindon at the very end of 1929, and is shown here in as built condition wearing the unlined Brunswick green livery. Note the correct pattern G.W.R. Instanter coupling with it’s distinctive forged centre link on the first van. Dave Thomas
Fowler Patriot 4-6-0 No 5538 was built at Crewe in 1933, and received the name ‘Giggleswick’ in 1938. In this view, wearing the attractive lined black livery, it heads east with L.M.S. corridor stock. Dave Thomas
A view over Bucks Hill goods yard, with Callow Hill Wood behind. A variety of vans and an open cab pannier tank locomotive rest in the sidings. Dave Thomas
Monotone study of G.W.R. open cab pannier no 1873 in typical early 1920s condition. Dave Thomas
Clean ex L.M.S. No 45428 passes Ewyas Harold with open wagons. This particular locomotive was built by Armstrong Whitworth at the end of 1937, and by the time it gained the British Railways livery, it’s home depot was Carlisle Upperby. In their early days these locomotives were known as ‘Black Staniers’ from their livery, in contrast to Stanier’s other class of 4-6-0, the ‘Jubilee’ Class, which were painted crimson (and originally referred to as ‘Red Staniers’). Only later did the nickname of the former became ‘Black Five’, referring to the power classification.
Study of a 517 class No 568, which was built at Wolverhampton in 1869/70
517 class No 1165 leaves Bucks Hill’s bay platform with its branch line passenger train, passing under the lower quadrant bracket signal. Alongside, the signal for the up main is also off, so the slow moving local train will soon be passed by an up main line service. Dave Thomas.
L.N.W.R. 4-4-0 No 106 ‘Orion’ This fine looking class were introduced by George Whale in 1904 and 130 examples were built by Crewe Works up to 1907. Their introduction allowed Whale to phase out his predecessor Francis Webb’s unreliable compound locomotives. They were essentially a larger version of Webb’s LNWR Improved Precedent Class. As built, they were saturated, though some were later superheated. Unfortunately, none were preserved. Dave Thomas.
Aside from the day job, I must start to get on with the list of jobs to get the American Pie Dragster ready for the Wild Bunch season. The car needs a new on board ignition battery, along with a list of other tidying up chores. In the week before the first event, I must re-assemble and carefully check the valve gear, and finally, I have also produced a lever jack stand for the chassis front that looks like a cross between a scaled down medieval siege engine and a Zimmer frame….very appropriate for us!
Here’s a great shot of ‘The Pie’ at the end of last season. It shows the car in the last few seconds before launch, and the parachute safety pin has just been removed by me ready for Dan to press the deployment pedal in approximately eight seconds time. Only a few minutes ago, in the staging lanes, the slicks have had their air pressures balanced to exactly six P.S.I. each, enabling an even leave, and as straight a pass as possible. Thanks to Gary Colman for the pic.
I remember airbrushing the cover header for ‘Forward’, the Great Central Railway Society’s quarterly journal years ago, based on the lined out continuous splasher of a Director class locomotive. The Society exists to promote an historical interest in the (GCR) which existed until the Grouping of 1923, and ‘Forward’ (which was the company’s motto) is still is sent to all members
I also designed a flyer leaflet for shows to explain the activities of the society, by adapting a promotional poster of the period for the cover to fit an extended portrait format like a tourist leaflet.
http://www.gcrsociety.co.uk/index.html
I used to place gouache paintings in local galleries when I lived in Rayners Lane, and the original of this historic view of Pinner was sold a only few weeks after it was done. This printed copy is all I have left, and it shows the oldest part of the village, looking up the High Street towards the fourteenth-century parish church of St. John the Baptist. This view is in the early victorian times before the tall telegraph poles were put up, with the Temperance Tea Rooms to the left and the Butchers shop to the right. The top end of the High Street is a lot more overgrown nowadays, but other than that, the location still retains much of its old character.
The village expanded rapidly between 1923 and 1939 when a series of garden estates, including the architecturally significant Pinnerwood estate conservation area (encouraged by the Metropolitan Railway) grew around the old village. From this period, the locality assumed much of its present-day suburban character, and the area is now practically continuous with all it’s neighbouring suburban districts such as Northwood and Eastcote.
24th January 2020
Most of the southern end of Kingswear’s backscene is now done, but a few final levelling jobs and attention to panel joins still need to be done on site, along with fitting some reduced scale facades among the trees on panel 5. Neil will be taking care of the trees to skyline on 3 & 4, and most of the sky rear panels are now painted including a partial mackerel sky to distance. Paul has also started work on the facia with the pelmets done in curved lightweight aluminium sheet, so there has been a lot of progress lately.
The Waterhead Creek section of Kingswear’s backscene is basically there now, only needing some continuation of cloud cover to the left and a few more small craft beached on the tidal mud, along with their mooring ropes. A handsome Great Western Railway train rumbling across the metal bridge on it’s way inland will eventually complete the picture.
These buildings have all been adjusted into final position with one of those new fangled laser beam spirit levels, so once the panel joins are done, I’ll take some wider format pics. I have started compiling a Kingswear section for this site, but only with thumbnails so as to leave the train subject views for magazine features etc. Paul is currently building a collection of stock which would have been seen at Kingswear, but I’ll leave those descriptions to the experts!
The aluminium rear panel for the Greenway tunnel scenic break has been scurfed, base blue painted and high, layered clouds appear now from horizon, to break their formations while still over far distance. These will be partially obscured by the skyline trees growing from the high contoured land surface above the Greenway tunnel mouth.
This section is done now, although it has had to be foreshortened a little.
The small four windowed building at the centre of this thumb is the school, and it’s right hand gable was extended over the wooden brackets that hold the bell top pivot.
The Hoodown locality to the east of the line is now being represented, and the Higher Ferry must be researched and scaled. Paul has done a great deal of the contouring work already and the next session will describe the natural slope of the riverbank and the engineering cut into the tunnel approach at Greenway.
Michelle has been tidying and adding content to the CPL website, with news updates, and a secondhand ‘for sale’ section has been added along with a list of lost wax castings.
https://www.cplproducts.net/latest-news.html
These cast crankpin nuts are now directly available on her new Ebay link. If you are not familiar with these, they have been designed to replace the conventional hex 12BA fasteners supplied with Slaters type coupled wheelsets. This particular profile was originally designed for Swindon engines, but they do a good job of replicating the typical coupling rod retaining collar nuts on many other locomotives from the turn of the last century to the end of steam.
On behalf of Kevin Wilson, we’d like to remind folks that the 7mm Aberayon and Chilton layout is still available and and it can either be permanently installed or re-instated as a portable exhibit. The layout has appeared in Model Rail magazine.
The small coastal terminus station has two platforms, with a typical yard of goods sidings sited opposite for local coal deliveries. To the nearside, a narrow gauge feeder line climbs from a gravel quarry up a steep gradient to arrive at an elevated platform alongside a siding with chutes to direct tipper wagon loads into waiting main line wagons shunted into the siding below.
Alongside the station throat pointwork, a small single road locomotive shed is sited for servicing, and another small fan of sidings out in the opposite direction to provide van access to the red brick goods shed. A G.W.R. signal box is placed opposite this and it is quite easy to shunt both yards prototypically, separating and sorting the wagons in between the passenger timings. Photo by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
For further details, please click the link provided and call Michelle either on 01296749070 or 07704917623 and click on the link below for further info and photos. We are really only looking for a new home for this, and there’s a considerable amount of equipment and well detailed modelling on the layout as well.
We also need to find a home for the Westcott layout and this 7mm scale terminus model has had all the trackwork professionally renewed lately including the tramlines. It has a full townscape backscene and a good deal of scenic reworking has also been done of late including the addition of trees. The layout was featured in Model Rail magazine No 232, as well as a gallery feature on ‘Let’s go Loco’
As with Aberayon, the layout is complete but comes without stock, so please do get in touch if this is of interest and you would like a ready made 7mm layout.
Picture courtesy of Chris Nevard / Model Rail Magazine. For further details, call Michelle or Paul on 01296 749070 / 07704 917623.
This view shows the beginning stage of an excellent project which will eventually depict a Midland Railway branch line terminus in the Derbyshire Peak district at around 1900
This is Rosedale, and there’s plenty of room for scenic layering, particularly behind the corner section. It’s a perfect diorama space between two areas of higher contoured ground surface and it’s going to allow a well researched view to distance, over the Derbyshire hills and dales. Keith Newton
A local Derbyshire viewpoint provides an initial guide for the progressive layering of the contours. The reference for land cultivation, woodland and other elements can be superimposed in reduced scale onto the ground surface, and it’s this study that we regularly apply to different landscapes at the Missenden Abbey Spring weekend.
Diorama presentations like Rosedale enable landscape modelling to be carried out without without any foreshortening issues, similar to the correct visual survey shown in the top plan view which allows the observer to evenly view the scene from a central viewpoint. The plan below illustrates the more commonly encountered linear configuration, and while this does save space, it also introduces an unrealistic foreshortening angle for the same centrally placed viewer.
It’s very encouraging to see the Missenden Abbey Spring weekend filled up to capacity in quite a short time. Well done to Mick Bonwick and his excellent team of administrators for continuing in the footsteps of Chris Langdon, who very kindly gave us all a copy of his book of watercolour paintings.
One of Chris’s watercolours shows Bath Green Park in the 1960s era in the depth of winter, with a three coach train waiting to depart for Templecombe. Chris Langdon
This was one of our Christmas cards this year, and it features the Bernina Express (also by Chris Langdon). It’s a train that connects Chur (which is Switzerland’s oldest town) on the Rhine in the east of the country, to Poschiavo (still in Switzerland) and then Tirano in Italy by crossing the Engadin Alps. You need a thick winter coat, gloves and a woolly hat to view some of Chris’s watercolours!
One of my friends has just picked up this lovely 1966 Stingray from Summerville Georgia. It’s a very well optioned car, so it’s referred to as ‘loaded’ with a factory fitted dual quad 427, a four speed, a ‘posi’ rearend, sidepipes and a hardtop.
The most important historic value with these collectors cars is that all the original components with their factory registered numbers are retained during restoration, You could just build a similar car with an equally high standard of finish but this one is what’s known as a ‘numbers matching’ example.
Railway Modeller magazine has featured ‘Semley’ Martin Finney’s fabulous P4 scale replica of Shaftesbury’s nearest station on the London & South Western main line to Exeter. There’s the usual excellent photographic work showing some of the trains in situ, as they reproduce the L.S.W.R. timetable of the 12 July 1912. completing the scene to the very highest standard of presentation.
The last of the ten stylish Drummond T14 class ‘Paddlebox’ 4-6-0s No 462 heads a down train past Semley’s small coal yard, and is about to pass under the brick arch of Bridge 267 which carries the minor road in the background from the village towards the bottom of the steep hill up into Shaftesbury. Martin Finney
Lee Marsh sent me this photo of the pilot sample model for the Great Western Railway 850 class.
This was an extensive class of small 0-6-0 saddle tank locomotives designed by George Armstrong and built at the Wolverhampton Works of the Great Western Railway between 1874 and 1895. This is actually the Wolverhampton livery, and for further details please visit the link provided.
Stewart Fowler is a retired architect and an aficionado of the Lancashire & Yorkshire Railway. He sent in a couple of pics of this excellent station done in 7mm scale.
He has built this excellent 7mm scale model of Rishworth station building, as can be seen in the photos, having found some difficulty actually sourcing the components to build the glazed canopy.
Charles Rudder has a few CPL carriage etches waiting to take their turn in his queue of projects but sent in this photo from near Sydney, Australia.
He has installed a set of CPL L.N.E.R. Cab Gauges into his latest 7mm locomotive project
and it’s quite unusual to see the preserved condition modelled. Flying Scotsman is running well and sounding good! Charles Rudder.
Tim Peacock is doing a very fine model of High Wycombe station in 4mm scale at the moment, and he is going to be starting his backscene work soon. The station was originally the terminus of the Wycombe Railway line from Maidenhead, which was later extended to Aylesbury and Oxford. With the building of the Great Western and Great Central Joint Railway in 1906 the station was again rebuilt with four lines between two staggered platforms, a branch line bay and a passenger subway.
High Wycombe’s water tower is sited at the western end of the up platform, and Tim has recently produced a study article covering GWR standard water tanks published in MRJ Magazine issue 274 . Tim Peacock.
The subway has now been replaced with an ugly modern footbridge to the offset up platform, but here’s the roof as it used to look (just rested in place for now). Tim Peacock.
Ian Statham has been working on a structure to complete the scenic break at the left hand side of his ‘Tunstow’ layout, and the picture below shows a flint calcining kiln. This was a pottery industry installation to roast the flint before it was ground up and mixed with clay to make a hard paste. Many prototypes still exist in the Stoke area, and this is a representation of a typical example. The interior of the rusty roofed shed to the left of the kiln will feature a scratch built crusher and a little conveyor belt to take the crushed flint into the building.
The structure effectively obscures any view into the fiddle yard on this end to end layout, so it’s a perfect example of a view blocking device that also incorporates local interest. The forced perspective backscene shows the cottages and red brick viaduct in middle distance.
This is an old gouache on board illustration I found in the pocket of a portfolio while tidying the spare room the other day.
In 1981 Yamaha launched one of the most technically advanced motorcycles of its time, the big XJ 750 Seca around a sweetheart of an engine, an enlarged version of 1980’s 650 Maxim model. The 750 was understressed but still produced 82HP and it was the narrowest engine in it’s class upon its debut, thanks to the alternator and ignition being placed behind the cylinders. These can just be seen behind the cylinder barrel casting, but the unusual cardan shaft drive is out of sight from this particular angle.
I was recently given this Hornby Dublo 28 page 1962 catalogue, and the cover features an English Electric Deltic D9002 ‘The King’s Own Yorkshire Light Infantry’ which was finished on the 19th March 1961.
These locomotives were assigned to Finsbury Park in London, Gateshead near Newcastle, and Haymarket in Edinburgh, and they arrived from the manufacturer painted in two-tone green, with the dark BR green on top, and a narrower strip of a lighter, lime green along the bottom, helping to disguise the bulk of the locomotive body. The cab window surrounds were picked out in cream/white. Although delivered without it, they all soon gained a bright yellow warning panel at each end common to all British diesel and electric locomotives, to make them more conspicuous, but to my eyes they were far more attractive without. Very soon, all were named, with the Gateshead and Edinburgh Haymarket locomotives after regiments of the British Army from the North-East of England and from Scotland, respectively, while Finsbury Park followed the London & North Eastern Railway (LNER) tradition of naming locomotives after winning racehorses. The location looks like Loughborough on the Great Central.
No 46245 ‘City of London’ has the 2 rail supply and was numbered 2226 in the 1962 catalogue.
This OO gauge Hornby Dublo Coronation class locomotive & tender is in the British Railways Crimson lake livery. It’s in good condition with only a few handling marks, so if there are any Dublo collectors that would like to give this a good home, please do get in touch.
This link takes you to a short clip of the the Arborway, TT & North Western Railroad which is 15-inch gauge, with a 10-ton steam locomotive, five [real] miles of track, two tunnels, a wood trestle, automatic block signals, two diamonds, a ten-stall roundhouse and a 40-foot turntable!
12th December 2019
A very busy spell, mainly working on Kingswear’s panels 3 and 4, and struggling to find the time for updates. It’s going fine, with the building facades of panel 3 now all fitted, wired and levelled. The stone retaining walls and narrow roadways are going in between the buildings, (some are merely footpaths), and the cleared gardens are simply represented as a patchwork quilt running down the steep sides of the creek. I’ll come up with a list of the various buildings and as much history as possible as soon as I can, but in the meantime panel 4 will be taking up most of my working time until Christmas.
The British Railways period at Kingswear. This view was taken from the wall at Fore Street, showing the platform ends below, the Dart to the left, and Waterhead Creek to the right.
This 150 ton river barge will probably be moored alongside the coal wharf with one of the two electric cranes nearby. (These are stored away for safe keeping while work on the station area is still in progress).
It looks as though we will be reproducing the Dart Higher Ferry, which appears as a level crossing where the trackbed follows the river below Hoodown, hugging the shore and occasionally re-engineering and straightening the shoreline itself. Neil will be taking care of this section of line, using Paul’s research and mapping,
A ‘Generate a Panorama’ profile, looking north up the Dart valley. The line runs along the shoreline of the headland in the right foreground, with Hoodown to the right of this view, eventually curving round and just out of sight for a moment from this viewpoint as it deviates briefly inland to cross Noss Creek before re- emerging again to continue along the lower riverbank to the next headland before climbing to the North, away from the river, to disappear into the portal of Greenway tunnel.
Greenway tunnel portal and its surroundings will form the scenic break for this layout and this satellite crop shows the line as it heads underground for 495-yards, emerging again near the historic Greenway estate and the historic home of Agatha Christie on its way towards Paignton (a little under 5 miles to the North)
A few figures and vehicles will be added to Kingswear’s 3D backscene, and probably the Higher Ferry cameo as well, so I’m constantly on the lookout for good ways of cheating when it comes to these finishing touches! The obvious source of ready made ‘under scale’ accessories for a 4mm layout landscape are at 2mm, but some of the HO products can be adapted to work well near the line, particularly figures, structures and vehicles. A recent diorama feature in Model Rail magazine featured some perfectly sited underscaled dwellings in the background of a 2mm scale railway scene. If I do come across any handy under scale detail additions, I’ll put links to them if you are planning a scenic model.
This HO scale 1929 BMW could be modified to represent a 30’s British Austin or similar small saloon.
Neil is doing most of the scenic dressing on Kingswear at the moment, but he has weathering, and other projects on the go at the same time, and here are a couple of examples…
A Lee Marsh G.W.R. 517 class 0-4-2T No 831 rests on the autumn diorama after weathering.
There is still quite a bit of scenic work to do on this 7mm scale layout staged in South Devon, and this ‘in progress’ view shows an occupation overbridge in the landscape foreground with the rolling hills to the west of Newton Abbott represented as a 3D backdrop.
I have submitted a couple of new articles for the Railway Modeller Magazine, so thanks to Steve Flint and the editorial team at Peco for taking an interest. Obviously, with the huge amount of content available to them, there is an understandable lead time before they can edit and publish. I’ll keep you posted as I know more.
I’m all for railways in the landscape, but this cover photo by permission of the RM staff is one of the best quality technical stills I have ever come across. It helps to have a premium subject as well! Railway Modeller Magazine/Lee Marsh Model.
A gathering took place at Bucks Hill over last weekend and I have a few photographs to include here….
British Railways 2-10-0 Standard Class 9F No 92223 running light on the up main. This does remind me of an Ivo Peters Somerset & Dorset study. Dave Thomas
Phil Gomm sent in a shot of his ex G.E.R. Holden J15 as it appeared in the British Railways era. No 65390 was built at Stratford Works at the end of October 1900, and by this time was shedded at 32A Norwich Thorpe. Phil Gomm
Lee Marsh Stanier Jubilee No 5600 ‘Bermuda’ stands at Bucks Hill. The 4-6-0 was built at North British at Glasgow in February 1935.
Same locomotive front end detail (at Sydney Gardens). On 29 April 1935 no. 5552, the first of this class, permanently swapped identities with No 5642 which had been named Silver Jubilee on 19 April 1935 in recognition of the Silver Jubilee of King George V on 6 May of that year. This change gave the name to the rest of the class.
Another Jubilee, No 5686 St Vincent is ready to depart with it’s train of lined out L.M.S. carriages. This one was built at Crewe in early 1936. Dave Thomas.
Bucks Hill closely represents the locality surrounding the Herefordshire villages of Pontrilas and Ewyas Harold, and was only a little distance from Grosmont, in Monmouthshire, Wales. It was located on the Welsh Marches Line between Hereford and Abergavenny, and was the junction for the Golden Valley Railway which ran through to the Midland Railway line at Hay on Wye. This view shows passengers and platform detail, with the up main line in the foreground.
This L.C.D.R. 0-4-4 side tank came from the first of a trio of locomotives purchased from the estate of Phil Coutanche, a former British Railways engineer who was instrumental in ‘saving’ the Severn Valley line as well as being an accomplished modeller. These locos were not unlike Johnson’s Midland design, and both Neilson and Vulcan provided nine examples each. Reaction from the crews was mixed, with drivers appreciating the power, but firemen were often less enthralled with the heat generated in the enclosed cabs, especially when working in tunnelled stretches.
Ivatt 4F-A 2-6-0 No 43156 at Ewyas Harold with an up local. The loco was built at Doncaster in January 1952, and had recently moved from Melton Constable to 38A Colwick shed.
L.M.S. Stanier Pacific No 6200 ‘The Princess Royal’ was finished at Crewe on the 27 July 1933.The loco appears here in the lined black livery. Dave Thomas.
G.W.R. Churchward Saint class No 2924 Saint Helena heading east. The 85C Hereford locomotive was built at Swindon in 1907
The G.W.R. 2884 class 2-8-0s were designed for heavy freight work and were a development of the earlier 2800 Class. The 2884s differed from the original engines in a number of respects, the most obvious being that a more modern Collett side window cab was provided and they were also built with outside steam pipes. No 3805 was built at Swindon in 1939. Dave Thomas
Michelle has now taken on some of the CPL work, which allows me more time to progress the awaiting landscape & diorama projects. There are now some updates on the CPL catalogue site and we can look forward to a few revisions and a better index for finding products.
A CPL component line illustration of a Southern Railway three link coupling.
Clan Line has the later design of three shackle coupling as the type illustrated. We have also finally sorted out cab gauge faces for typical ‘Big Four’ era steam locos, and British Railways Standards as well. These have been done by traditional darkroom methods to avoid any unrealistic ‘pixellation’ issues.
I came across a short movie clip showing the Spanisch-Brotli-Bahn which is near Zurich Switzerland. They run a pair of early locomotives from time to time to celebrate the early years if Swiss steam powered rail transport.
It’s all done with a rake of vintage open and closed carriages for the public, and the whole show is amazingly well presented. The crews and staff all wear period dress, and thoroughly enjoy themselves so it seem that genuine railway fans are the same the world over……Take a look here..
Ian Statham has sent in some more progress pictures from his current project.
Ian has drawn up a slightly modified and simplified front elevation of Stone station which he is thinking of including as a facade above the right hand scenic break to eventually become Tunstow station. This project can come along to the backscenes course at the Missenden Abbey Spring Weekend , but there’s quite a bit of preparation that could be done in the meantime, profiling the carved limestone cornices and producing the columned portico entrance. Ian Statham.
This is one of the locomotives that will appear on Tunstow’s 7mm scale foreground. No 5322 is a detailed and weathered Heljan G.W.R. Mogul. Ian Statham.
Chris Walker has now had his Lynton and Barnstaple layout featured in Model Rail Magazine with a fantastic series of Chris Nevard studies.
This one was taken by Missenden Abbey tutor Mick Moignard some time ago when we paid Chris a visit.
I came across an old photograph in a bookcase upstairs and it took me straight back to when I used to do racing car bodies.
This one was originally for a customer who wanted to progress straight from a 9.90 second Super gas car to a low seven second Pro Modified entry. It’s a 1937 Ford Coupe, which would eventually be reproduced in fibreglass sections. We are just looking here at what is known as a buck and this would dispatched to a contractor who specialises in moulded fibreglass work like amusement park rides, ice cream vans and of course boats. A couple of these art deco style pro-modifieds are still running to this day, I am happy to say.
4th October 2019
Another very busy month, making progress on Kingswear 3D backscene panels 3 and 4. These sections depict the mostly Victorian/Edwardian expansion of the village to the north, where more of the buildings are constructed from semi-glazed red brick with yellow brick quoins and window framings. These are sited upon levelled plots set between narrow contour roads as they step up the eastern bank of Waterhead Creek. Their width to depth ratios reflect the natural slope of the ground, and with the added benefit of a pleasant view across the creek, all the frontages are conveniently layered and more or less in parallel. Although there are quite a few buildings to do, this does make my life quite a bit easier, so here’s to Kingswear!
This is the section I am doing at the moment, with the carriage sidings near the shoreline to the right and just a few houses encroaching into the tree lined upper part of the riverbank against the sky. See how relatively small the trains appear in the landscape.
A small section of the sunny side of the Dart valley above the retaining wall for the station cut as it was. The gardens and allotments are nearly all built over now, with posh holiday homes reaching almost to the tree line.
Kingswear has grown from a small fishing settlement with merchant’s houses, sail lofts and sheds mostly clustering around the western mouth of the Creek, into today’s largely residential village with buildings dispersed right over the headland. The population of the parish was 1332 in 2001, an increase of nearly 350% in 190 years, an increase derived from the redevelopment following the arrival of the railway in 1864 and the increased marine activity from the ferry pontoon and the coal wharf. The present character is far less industrial and many of the frontages have been rendered and painted in bright colours giving the village a very distinctive character and they stand out, especially when viewed from Dartmouth. As the reference indicates, there was far less of this evident in the 30s, with exposed grey natural stone rubble buildings and retaining walls, and later decorative all brick structures.
Neil Podbery has been working on-site, detailing the tidal creek from reference, and both he and Paul have visited South Devon recently (for intensive research gathering and pub lunches) The first boats are coming in now with a barge on the way, and some kits for the smaller beached craft at Waterhead Creek.
Carlton House has changed a bit since the 1930s, but only the top floor, and it still remains sitting on a slope at the north end of Higher Street.
The old rubble walled ‘Ship Inn’ was lime washed quite early on and it has also survived the years without any horrible add ons.
A gathering took place recently at Bucks Hill, with a sizeable attendance and some very photogenic visiting locomotives. These pictures come from the camera of Dave Thomas who did a great job of recording this particular running session. The captions might well be a little short due to time pressure!
A great shot of Gresley B17/1 4-6-0 No 61613 ‘Woodbastwick Hall’ leaning into the elevated curve at Ewyas Harold on the down main. The loco was built for the L.N.E.R at Darlington works in late 1930 and was allocated to 31A Cambridge shed. Dave Thomas
G.W.R. 70 ft Steam railmotor No 74 rests in the Golden Valley branch line platform. It was designed by the Chief Mechanical Engineer, George Jackson Churchward, and two units were manufactured for trials. They entered service on the same route on 12 October 1903, and further 44 were built during 1904 and 1905 and by the time production finished in 1908 the fleet numbered 99 carriage units…. Dave Thomas
A clean Class ‘G1’ 0-8-0 no. 2057 (later LMS No. 9371) wheezes past on the down main in the attractive lined black L.N.W.R. livery…Dave Thomas
Ex L.N.W.R George Whale designed ‘Precursor” 4-4-2T takes a rake of L.M.S. coaches through Bucks Hill on the up main. There were 50 of these attractive ‘Atlantic’ side tank locos turned out of Crewe works between 1906/9 …Dave Thomas
This close up shows some of the detailing work on British Railways Standard class 9F No 92223, one of Kevin’s recent M.O.K. kit builds, now running and weathered by Neil Podbery. The Riddles 2-10-0 was turned out of Crewe works in June 1958 and moved from 84C Banbury Shed to 11A Carnforth…Dave Thomas
Dave Thomas wanted to try this Pannier Tank locomotive out, and he wasn’t quite satisfied with the running, but it looks fine in front of Bucks Hill cabin. No 1731 was rebuilt from a July 1892 Dean Saddle tank at Swindon in 1909, and it did remain there at the famous 82C shed…. Dave Thomas.
This double headed goods train ran for some time with a lovely pair of G.W.R. 4300 class 2-6-0s brought along by John Edwards, with No 7310 as train engine, and No 7304 as pilot. The leading engine is fitted with an automatic token catcher (which I do have castings for, just in case anyone does need this unusual fitment) No 7310 was the last engine turned out of Swindon in the year 1921, and its companion emerged just a month later…. Dave Thomas
Ex L.N.E.R. Class O1 No 63806 2-8-0 is a David Andrews kit built and painted by Graham Varley and weathered by Neil Podbery. The locomotive was Introduced in 1944 as a rebuild of the famous Robinson 8K design by Thompson with 225lb/sq in Superheated 100A boiler, new 20″ x 26″ cylinders with piston valves, Walschaerts valve gear and an impressive Tractive effort of 35,520lbs. The 1948 shed for this workhorse was 62A (Thornton Junction) and the model is displayed on Neil’s Autumn siding diorama… Neil Podbery
This Gresley A3 Pacific No 60065 ‘Knight of Thistle’ is a Finney7 build recently completed by Richard Lambert and weathered by Neil Podbery. The original was built for the L.N.E.R. in mid July 1924 at The North British Locomotive Company, Glasgow… Neil Podbery
This old sectioned view came my way from a collection, and I think this might have been airbrushed in inks using a Doncaster General Arrangement drawing. The worn ‘map’ type fold out is titled ‘4-6-2 Three Cylinder “Pacific” Express Locomotive… designed by H.N. Gresley C.B.E…. Chief Mechanical Engineer, London & North Eastern Railway.
Virtue and Company Limited, formerly of 19, 20, and 21 Thavies Inn, Holborn Circus, London, EC1. was a publisher of illustrated books, employing the best artists and engravers, and this particular rendering for their Locomotive Railway Carriage and Wagon Review series was done by Mr W. Wilkinson.
Tony Geary came along to Bucks Hill, and he has nearly finished a CPL Paco ‘C’ Diagram N16
I now have etches in 4, and & 7mm for this 1937 built horsebox, and I have assembled a partial kit for the 7mm version. The etch is really comprehensive with compensated W irons and fully detailed brakes. The only items missing are the roof vents and lights, and the underframe tanks, cylinders and wheelsets. It does come with a separate detail ironwork strapping etch, both steam & vac pipes, screw couplings, sprung buffers and handles ….Tony Geary
My next door neighbour Dave Cooper very sadly passed away a few weeks ago. He was born on the 25th May 1936, and I attended his funeral service at the parish church of St John the Baptist in Stone. A number of Princes Risborough Model Club members also came to pay their respects because Dave was a regular member, a font of railway knowledge and an all round excellent chap.
He would build the pre production G.E.Mellor (GEM) Kits to see if anything needed to be revised for production, and there are well over 200 models that Dave put together over his career. Perhaps the most extraordinary fact is that he persevered in doing all of this as well as producing albums full of photographs of preserved steam from all over the British Isles and even some from Africa. Now Dave chose to do this even though he had to manage with one arm, but it just goes to show you cant keep a proper railway enthusiast away from his hobby. I’ll miss our over the fence chats and my genuine sympathy goes to his wife Linda and the rest of his family.
Just one of the many engines that worked day after day on Dave’s permanent upstairs layout. Its an old school cast whitemetal Holden T26 (later L.N.E.R. E4). No 7464 was built at Stratford in 1900, and T26s were often to be found on passenger trains to the Norfolk Coast, particularly Wells and Cromer, as well as the movement of horses by rail to and from Newmarket Racecourse, and this one was allocated to 31C Kings Lynn Town. After the 1923 Grouping, the class received the mixed traffic livery of black with single red lining and red buffer beams, and this lasted until the early 1940s when unlined black was introduced. The surviving locos carried this livery until their withdrawal.
Side view of the last pass of 2019. The car is travelling at about sixty MPH here in low gear, at around the sixty foot track mark, and it is approximately one second into a full pass. The car will shift into high gear in another second at about 6500 RPM and the slicks will start to centrifugally grow to a 15% increase in diameter by the time they cross the finish line. This occurs in a further seven and a half seconds, and it affects the final drive ratio, dropping the RPM by the same amount. All dragsters have to include this progressive ratio change in their numerical choice of rearend gear set. Original by Alice Fairhead Photography.
https://www.ltmuseum.co.uk/visit/museum-depot
The Museum has rescued a 1904 built driving end car which, which, like much of the Edwardian electric stock has something of an American subway look about it, as well as being a stylish English open saloon. The car has a Monitor roof, four foot end platforms with side metal gate entry, and the long sets of opening fan light windows gave the spacious open interiors a near continuous light source. It has suffered a fire and is quite heavily damaged, but it’s not beyond repair, and I really had to fight off an urge to roll up my sleeves and make a start!.
An 0 gauge Mersey Railway Driving Trailer First from about the turn of the last century, brilliantly scratchbuilt by Mr G. Redmayne Hosking and featured in the album section of the March 1964 issue of Model Railway News. It’s similar to the District Railway 1905 ‘B’ stock, and the whole vehicle, even the signwriting is pure U.S.A. style. It wasn’t just London that took American transport investment, and I’m surprised they didn’t call it the Mersey Railroad! …Brian Monaghan.
Simon Roberts has updated me on the forthcoming 2020 Missenden Spring Weekend, and it seems the backscene/scenics course has managed to fill to capacity in just two days! This is very encouraging, and I understand the enrolment numbers have been high for the other courses as well.
http://www.
A 2D backscene for an Exmoor scene.
3D period landscape for a Devon coast scene.
15th August 2019
Quite a bit of activity lately, with lots of running about to keep up with it all, but it’s fine, I could do with the exercise! As usual, Kingswear takes priority, and it is now rewarding us with some visible progress. The Waterhead Creek area is shaping up and the Royal Dart Hotel has been re-configured slightly to fit into place while still allowing room for the Dartmouth ferry slip and some 3D backscene facades in the lower levels of the village. I’ll put a couple of photos here but most of the work is still ‘in progress’ and this will be so for some time to come, so a few other items follow which I hope you find interesting.
The Royal Dart Hotel was formerly known as the Royal Dart Yacht Club and Family Hotel, overlooking the river to the south west, and is built upon a stone outcrop adjoining the railway station building. Built circa 1850, as an Italianate style stuccoed hotel, the river front of the main block (pictured in progress here) has a low pitched hipped bitumenised slate roof with over-sailing and bracketed eaves. Below, a wide splayed two-storey bay is attached, with a cast iron balcony with tented roof upon iron columns. A two storey wing to north is carried over the carriageway with first floor supported on iron columns forming a covered way to the railway station platforms and quayside.
The Royal Dart Yacht Club originally established a base in 1866 on the Kingswear side of the River Dart in two rooms of the hotel and invited like-minded people to apply for membership at the cost of a guinea a year. In 1881, they moved into to this new clubhouse (centre foreground) just beyond the Dartmouth ferry slipway, where they remain today, organising Regattas and races. Slipway House and the shops facing the square appear to the left of this view, but bear in mind that part of this backscene layer will be obscured by the eventual placing of the hotel.
There was a recent gathering of enthusiasts and guests at Bucks Hill, and I managed to get a few pictures from the afternoon running session.
Kevin has recently finished a G.W.R. City class 4-4-0 for his collection and this is the first opportunity I’ve had to get a picture. Apart from coal and crew figures No 3434 City of Birmingham is shown here in Garter livery, with fully lined Brunswick green with black painted frames lined out in crimson.
Built at Swindon works as No 3434 in May 1903 ‘City of Birmingham’ was subsequently renumbered No 3711 in 1912. The City Class had the large No 4 tapered boiler and belpaire firebox from new, but received an extended smokebox, top feed and were superheated in November 1910. When built these locomotives represented the state of the art of the double frame, inside cylinder technology and they were used successfully on the Great Western Railway’s crack expresses, but with a few years the outside cylinder 4-4-0 Counties and the larger 4-6-0 locomotives would result in them being gradually reallocated to secondary duties in the Northern Divisions. No 3711 was allocated to Leamington shed until withdrawn in July 1930.
Ex Midland Railway Johnson 3F 0-6-0 No 43762 heads west with cattle empties at Ewyas Harold. The locomotive was built at Neilson & Co at the end of August 1902, and rebuilt by Fowler from 1916 with a non superheated Belpaire boiler. This particular loco was allocated to Mansfield in the early B.R. period.
Away from the lines, this row of trees forms part of the backscene. A narrow country lane can just be seen winding between the trees on its way from Kentchurch to Ewyas Harold, and a 1930s era cast iron 3-way fingerpost signs a ‘T’ junction accompanied by a wooden telegraph pole.
A Stanier Black Five heads east with open wagons. British Railways No 45428 was built in October 1937 as LMS 5428 in by Sir W. G. Armstrong Whitworth Engineers Ltd at their Scotswood Works in Newcastle-on-Tyne. Fortunately this one was preserved, and now resides at the North Yorkshire Moors Railway named ‘Eric Treacy’
BR Class 4/2 Mogul No 76052 on the down main with an engineers train. The locomotive emerged from Doncaster works in August 1956 carrying the lined black B.R. Livery.
Gary Smith contacted me recently in connection with the Kingswear project, having just read an article in one of the old GW Journal’s about wartime memories of Britannia Crossing, which is just up the line to the north.
Branchstow are specialist railway booksellers, with a particular emphasis on high quality books produced by small independent publishers, and with this approach, they are able to offer railway books that are not widely available, so for top quality reference please do visit….
I made a point of Including Panorama Mesdag in one of the introductory chapters of the book because although it doesn’t have a railway in its foreground, in some ways it is the ultimate backscene. It’s housed in a purpose-built museum in The Hague, and it’s essentially a cylindrical painting (also known as a Cyclorama) more than 14 metres high and about 40 metres in diameter (120 metres in circumference). From an observation gallery in the centre of the room the cylindrical perspective creates the illusion that the viewer is on a high sand dune overlooking the sea, beaches and village of Scheveningen in the late 19th century. A foreground of fake terrain around the viewing gallery hides the base of the painting and makes the illusion more convincing.
Mesdag was a notable marine painter of the Hague School; in 1880 he was engaged by a Belgian company to paint the panorama, which with the assistance of his wife Sientje Mesdag-van Houten and some student painters (including George Hendrik Breitner), was completed by 1881. However, the vogue for panoramas was coming to an end, and the company went bankrupt in 1886. Mesdag purchased the panorama and met its losses from his own pocket. The panorama is now the oldest surviving panorama in its original location and it really is worth a visit if you find yourself in The Hague.
I found an old brochure in English from 1966 and here is a comparative ‘then & now’ picture from Seinpost dune showing the view of Scheveningen looking north at the time of Mesdag and the subsequent additions by ’66
Mesdag cleverly captured the scene by placing this glass cylinder on top of the dune, ducking inside and painting the scene’s outline onto the inner surface.
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ Panorama_Mesdag
We attended the Dragstalgia event with American Pie. intending to try our 25% nitro fuel, but found the nozzles weren’t capable of flowing the increased volume. The timing advance was adjusted from 36 to 46 degrees to anticipate the slower burn, but the risk of piston damage from a ‘lean’ fuel/oxygen ratio was too high for comfort. We just switched back to Methanol and ran all weekend.
There are only two more events for us to attend before the Fallnationals & season close but we got a thumbnail pic in the Custom Car Magazine event coverage.
On the social side, the Wild Bunch were inducted into the British Drag Racing Hall of Fame, and a couple actually got engaged while on the race track!
My wife Michelle took this picture of the dragster’s garage a little while ago. The long trailer is stored between the two fences behind the garage leaving the car on stands for maintenance work between events. A pot of gold would definitely come in handy for parts and fuel during these waiting periods, but I’ll just have to settle for a rainbow instead….could be worse!
Brian J Roberts of Sebring Florida is a 77 year old ‘railroad nut’ who grew up in Worcester, and his first job was a Signals and Telegraph engineer for GWR based out of Shrub Hill station.
Brian now has his own ‘ride on’ railway with lots of American rolling stock, and here he is setting up a goods train in front of the engine shed. This is headed by a propane fired live steam engine, but to be different, he has come up with an idea to build a G.W.R. AEC Diesel Railcar which he always admired. Riding these became an obsession (a GWR railpass funded the journeys), and the miniature version could be powered by golf cart batteries either at 24v or 36v pulling a suitable riding car. Brian Roberts.
I came across this old multi layered cellophane cutaway pamphlet tucked in between research volumes but it’s quite difficult to display. Basically it consists of a thick paper cover with registered double sided transparent leaves, each printed with a progressively deeper sectional view.
The subject is a 3,300 H.P. Class AL5 25kV AC Electric Bo-Bo locomotive designed for the newly refurbished West Coast Main Line, from Birmingham, to Crewe, Manchester Piccadilly, Liverpool and later Preston. By 1965, the electrification had spread south to London Euston.
The British Railways Class 85 was an electric locomotive built during at Doncaster in the early 1960s, as part of BR’s policy to develop a standard electric locomotive. Five prototype classes (81-85) were built and evaluated, which eventually led to the development of the successful Class 86 locomotives.
Forty of these were built from 1961-64 by BR at Doncaster Works and I do remember seeing them speeding through Kenton and Harrow & Wealdstone as a young lad. E3061 survives as the sole representative of the 40 strong fleet.
Dave Alexander always knows what’s going on, and we met up with him at an open gardens day at one of the local villages. It’s a beautiful place, and they have a miniature railway which is currently being extended. We were taken on a tour of the workshop, and here are some of the items.
This old style O gauge layout has been preserved, along with the original stock. Scratchbuilt Metropolitan and Great Central Locomotives and some later L.N.E.R. engines that used to work past Wendover and Amersham.
This miniature signal cabin was rescued from Mill Hill on the Grittenham Light Railway.
Metropolitan Railway luggage van No 3 was built in 5″ gauge, and would go well with Dave’s “H” class 4-4-4T. A rake of Dreadnought carriages would complete the 1930s picture very nicely, but we’ll have to see about that!
Ian Statham usually sends in his progress photos, and this view now includes the first stages of the 7mm scale layout in the foreground.
Considerable progress has been made on the track and wiring, with a few bugs to sort out but it works reasonably well. Next major work stream will be the scenery on the layout itself. There will be a carriage shed and industrial building on the left hand side and on the right, a bridge over the lines and the entrance to a station.
This caught my eye a few weeks ago. It’s a reconstruction of the city of Rome in the age of Constantine (fourth century AD), and it was created between 1935 and 1971 by Italo Gismondi. He was a trained architect, and carried out numerous projects, including a plan of the Imperial forums in Rome in 1933; the restoration of the northwest portion of the Baths of Diocletian in1927 and also work on the Planetarium.
The reconstruction, at a scale of 1:250, integrates information from the marble Forma Urbis (the large plan of Rome created in the early III century AD) while also incorporating data from archaeological remains and other ancient sources.
Museo della civilta Romano (google search)
I also found an excellent but quite shocking 3D sequence of the destruction of Pompeii.
Jonathan Marcus is considering a diorama model based on the widened lines near Farringdon. I did a 1mm scale mockup some time ago to show the some of the possibilities, so we’ll see. It’s a really interesting location not just because of the rich history, but also because the lines are at multiple levels.
Jonathan has recently found an A2 Class 0-4-4T No 79 which ran into Farringdon Road in this livery until the SER/LCDR merger in 1900.
It used to be fashionable to hand draw ‘cutaway’ views of vehicles and you do still see the occasional computer generated modern equivalents, sometimes even 3D animated versions. That’s something we could never achieve with the old ‘airbrush on board’ technique, but a forum exists to catalogue and view the old style drawings, and I found one of mine still on there. I took a copy of it, because of course, I completely forgot to when it was submitted to the publisher!
The VW Beetle does have a massive cult following, but it’s certainly not a favourite of mine. This was a reasonable commission, and I needed the work. The subject is a 1970s bug, with horrible orange paint and the rear view shows the gutless 1300cc flat four engine in situ.
Andrew Hicks has written another 4-page spread on the 3D backscene for Ealing Road, and this has now been published in the Sept edition of Railway Modeller Magazine (pp754-757), It includes extensive and very positive mention of the Missenden courses, and Mick Bonwick has asked me to take another ‘Spring weekend’ backscene and scenic course…..For more information on this, please check….
https://bambrickstudio.co.uk/ missenden-abbey/
and….
http://www. missendenrailwaymodellers.org. uk/
Please do come along if you want to update your backscene or do a test section for a new layout, and keep an eye for the booking date as there’s only room for eight projects.
The Ealing Road layout, with it’s clever scale reduction progressing to distance.
3rd July 2019
Neil is doing the tidal flats at Waterhead Creek, and one of the next steps will be to paint the exposed creek bed from reference in all its subtle colours, with mud deposits and seaweed etc.
This panel has been laid up in plaster bandage by Paul, and it will eventually accommodate the last few house facades of Kingswear village. These will be at reduced scale, and I need to finish some more of the second panel before work begins on the detailing.
Sepiatone of Carlton House and Lodge as it used to look. The small double fronted lodge house to the extreme right is now rendered, but a few dwellings like this were constructed in distinctive red brick and terracotta in the 19th and early 20th centuries. Some good examples of slate hanging still in the conservation area, and these are included as facades on the layout. Exposed stone rubble construction is often associated with public use such as the church and almshouses in the village centre and also with the ubiquitous stone walls. The stone used typically is a mixture of grey limestone, the local shillet and Paignton red sandstone. One material common to nearly all the buildings is the slate roof. Chimneys are of brick or rendered with individual clay pots. This element is important as the roofs are frequently on view due to the steep valley sides. There is still some work to do, and the structures are just rested temporarily in place.
A few weeks ago, Malcolm Mitchell sent in this monochrome photograph of one of his recent builds. The superb 7mm model in question is of Collett G.W.R. No 6856 ‘Stowe Grange’ which was built at Swindon in late 1937 as a variation of the ‘Hall’ class, with smaller driving wheels and incorporating some parts from withdrawn 4300 class locos.
The ‘moderne’ style monogram was irreverently referred to as the ‘Shirtbutton’, and it replaced the existing lettering on both tender and tank sides for a few years. In other respects, the locomotive liveries continued the practices of the previous era, but the logotype also found it’s way onto ashtrays, clock faces, stationery, travel posters and tea sets. The first known application of the famous roundel was on the 1st of June 1934, and as luck would have it, I do happen to have 7mm scale transfers of these in both yellow and gold.
Please do visit Malcolm’s well maintained website to celebrate those beautifully engineered locomotives of the G.W.R.
Dave Alexander is a noted expert on the Metropolitan Railway, and he has somehow managed to get his hands on a wonderful 5″ gauge ‘H’ class 4-4-4T. I have a signwriting job to do on the bunker rear plate and front bufferbeam, and after this is done, it will be going away to have injectors fitted. Once it has couplings, and a few other small detailing jobs are knocked off the list, it can be steamed.
They must have looked great at speed out in rural Bucks with a rake of varnished teak ‘Dreadnought’ bogie carriages…..A lovely engine, and one of my all time favourites.
Added number, with black dropped shadow
Dave also has a collection of original postcards and photos from the thirties and forties, and here’s a scan showing No 110 at work. It was the last of the eight ‘H’ class built by Kerr, Stuart & Co of Stoke on Trent in 1920. These could do 75mph heading the express passenger trains on the outer section of main line between Harrow (later Rickmansworth) the change point from electric locomotives, and Aylesbury or Verney Junction.
A scanned page from Dave’s rare and complete original Metropolitan Railway blueprinted company stock list, which includes all the electric motor cars and trailers, with their specifications and wiring diagrams, as well as the fleet of steam engines.
The 2019 Railex exhibition took place a few weeks ago now, and we met up with Neil Podbery and Martin Finney (who was exhibiting his new diorama) on the Saturday. As usual it was excellent, so the usual compliments go to David Lane and the Princes Risborough MC.
David Stone’s 7mm scale Sherton Abbas diorama narrowly topped the best layout award. The excellent Great Western Railway branch line terminus is set in the Edwardian era circa 1905. The name was derived from Thomas Hardy’s novel “The Woodlanders”. David Stone.
This ‘in progress’ view over a siding features a few trees in the foreground in the finished diorama, but I thought it was worth including because it gives an uninterrupted view of the great job Dave made of the backscene. David Stone.
Sepiatone of the sidings, with G.W.R three and four plank opens, and private owner wagons behind. David Stone.
To generate more power from our unsupercharged engine, we have decided to upgrade the fuel from 100% Methyl Alcohol, and try adding 25% Nitromethane content instead. (This is as far as we can go in terms of nitro percentage before we need to apply for an explosives licence under modern regulations) This mixture will enable a better burn with less atmospheric oxygen, but it will require adjustments to the fuel injection metering as well as an increase to the advance of the ignition timing.
Next year we might install a longer duration Ultradyne ‘Bullet’ camshaft to further increase the oxygen intake. These come from from Memphis, on the Tennessee/Mississippi state line. Thanks to UKDRN for the brilliant picture which is included in their website slideshow.
After I put the Pennsylvania Railroad T1 here last update, Lee sent me a link to this well researched HO scale model, produced by a friend of his from across the pond
Number 5536 was a Baldwin Locomotive Works product. built in 1946 and it remained unchanged until September of 1948. The air smoothed shrouding stayed intact up until 1948, with the exception being one panel above the engineer’s side rear cylinder. In fact, most of the T1s did lose major streamlining pieces during shopping and repairs. Number 5536 was originally assigned to the PRR’s famed “Middle Division” in Pennsylvania, but she could be spotted in Chicago, Fort Wayne, Cincinnati, and even St. Louis!
Six distinct T1 variants are planned, each one carefully researched and constructed to represent these unique locomotives, so visit ……
There is another running session at Bucks Hill soon, so that’ll be a good catch up. Dave Thomas took a few pictures away from the rails at Bucks Hill, and here are just a couple of examples. Of course, there are plenty of others at Kevin’s own reference website at….
This tumbledown stone barn was made for the model by Gordon & Maggie Gravett, and it stands above and behind the lines to the west of the station. Dave Thomas.
This working scene is modelled on the road to Ewyas Harold village, as the lane levels out and begins a descent through woodland before emerging to cross the River Dore over a small single arch stone bridge, entering the village from the south east. Dave Thomas.
L.M.S. Stanier Jubilee No 5593 from a previous session. Kevin Wilson.
Phil Gomm’s Collett 0-4-2T No 1473 emerges into open country from the short tunnel to the west of Bucks Hill station. Dave Thomas.
Worthpoint
Great Court is the main court of Trinity College, and it was completed in the early years of the 17th century, when Thomas Nevile, the master of the college, rearranged the existing buildings to form this elegant single court.
The Bridge of Sighs is a covered neo-gothic bridge crossing the River Cam, linking the new court of St. John’s (to the left of this familiar view) with the older original Third Court college buildings on the right. It was built in 1831 to the design of Henry Hutchinson. and for some reason was named after the covered bridge in Venice, which looks nothing like it!
I also found one of my better engineering study projects from the very first year of an apprenticeship at the George Stephenson College. I spent most of the time driving around Watford and Bushey at breakneck speed in my worn out Austin Healey 100/6 instead of doing what I was supposed to, and as a result, I didn’t get a 9/10 very often!
Part of this quiet landscape will appear behind Dave Gower’s 4mm scale Edington Junction layout, which is still in progress. Edington is a rural village, situated on the north side of the Polden Hills in the Sedgemoor district of Somerset. Either side of it lie the villages of Chilton Polden and Catcott, and north of it is the small village of Burtle. The subject of Dave’s permanent exhibit will be the local station which was originally named Edington Road, with the village itself some two miles away. In 1890, it became the junction for the Bridgwater branch off the Highbridge line. Neil Podbery
The backscene for Ian Statham’s Alcesterton is coming on, and here’s the main central feature in place, with a D.M.U. visible on the left on the distant viaduct.
The Titanic II will be a reproduction of the original vessel with replicated restaurants, dining rooms, interiors and cabin layouts. Passengers will be treated to the authentic Titanic experience while benefiting from the integration of modern safety procedures, navigation methods and 21st century technology to produce the highest level of luxurious comfort. Fredrik Johansson, Owner / Executive Project Director of Tillberg Design said the company was looking forward to working on this world class project. “We are delighted by Blue Star Line’s continued vote of confidence in Tillberg Design of Sweden, and we are very excited by the prospect to bring the development of the design of the Titanic II to a successful completion,’’ he said. Titanic II will follow the original journey of its iconic namesake, carrying passengers from Southampton to New York. The ship will also circumnavigate the globe, inspiring and enchanting people while attracting unrivalled attention, intrigue and mystery in every port she visits.
29th May 2019
Another busy month, with Kingswear as the main priority, but a few things have cropped up in between my days of work on the second panel
Neil Podbery’s additional backscene work on Kingswear has concentrated on the landscaping and scenic foliage cover around the back of the Waterhead Creek area. The laundry buildings appeared alongside the narrow lane leading north towards Brixham, with Paignton and Torquay lying further to the north. The cleared aperture in the tree cover will receive a semi relief facia of the gabled ‘Oversteps’ residence when I can get round to making it.
To the left of Waterhead Creek, the line follows the shore for a short while before curving north, and above it, this steep section of the eastern riverbank facing Dartmouth is still known as Hoodown. 300 acres of this farm land was purchased by a Mr Richard Roberts in the late Victorian period to apply development ideas really in advance of his time. No doubt influenced by what he saw happening in other Victorian seaside towns, he cut a series of 14 foot wide roads, with the lower side half held up by a 4 foot high dry stone wall, using local materials. and advertised the sale of building plots. Had he had his way, the land at Kingswear, facing the Dart, would have been fully built up like that at Torbay and other south coast towns.
The width of the roads must have been considered adequate, for at that time the motor car had hardly been conceived, and shortly after this, rows of fir trees were planted, (as seen in the photo), which stood intact for 70 years or more, after which westerly gales blew them down one by one, until by now only the odd one or two are left standing. Even after many years only two plots had been sold, and the larger part of the land, which was then almost treeless, was ploughed up and put to potatoes, and the land produced good crops. After the end of the war in 1918, the steep land was abandoned and reverted largely to bracken and scrub, but the large rabbit population kept the grassy areas bitten down so the vegetation was considerably different to what it is today. luckily, we do have reference for the way it appeared, and here’s a relatively tree-less Hoodown in 1936. John S. Roberts
Stanier Mogul number 13263 heads a train of iron wagons round the curve to the west of Bucks Hill, crossing the occupation overbridge. The original was built at Crewe in December 1933. Dave Thomas.
A Churchward Small Prairie No 4508 in Garter livery heads west with horseboxes and vans. The loco itself was built at Wolverton Works in June 1907. Dave Thomas
Gresley A3 Pacific No 60049 ‘Galtee More’ rests at Bucks Hill in early B.R livery. The loco itself was built at Doncaster in 1924. Dave Thomas
A G.W.R. ‘ROD’ 2-8-0 No 3048 rests at the Bucks Hill yard head shunt. This particular Robinson work horse was built by the North British Locomotive Company of Glasgow at the end of April 1927 and would soon be allocated to Worcester. Dave Thomas
Aberayon Viaduct. Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
I’ll include Dr Paul Glover’s full copy in the update , but please bear in mind that the illustrated section shown here is still available as a modestly sized GWR shunting terminus. Do let me know if you would like a ready made 7mm scale exhibition layout or a permanent loft layout. Model Rail Magazine
Railway Modeller June 2019 issue.
accommodated at the Abbey. Booking for places at this weekend has already begun, so reserve your place as soon as possible to ensure that you can attend the course of your choice.
Courses Available
• 4mm (and smaller) Kit construction with Tony Gee and Jerry Clifford
• 7mm (and larger) Kit Construction with Kevin Wilson
• Weathering and Airbrushing with Mick Bonwick
• Track Construction with Norman Solomon
• 2D CAD with Justin Newitt
• Electronics Workshop (for all abilities) with Mike Bolton and John Gowers
• DCC Workshop with Pete Brownlow
We have been very busy with the dragster over the last few weeks and a number of very good photographs have appeared in the nostalgia drag racing internet pages.
This view by Neil Dilkes cleverly captures the car at the very moment of initial motion which is known as the ‘leave’. The front wheels have lifted very slightly from the race track and the slicks are distorting as they transfer the torque from the vehicle to the rubber covered surface of the start line.
This leave is quite a good one, and I am pleased with car’s attitude & balance. We can now start to increase the power output and keep an eye on the results.
The next big task is to work across the two halves of the scene so as to disguise the centre join. The left hand end of the viaduct can then be blended into the layout scale scenic break. As you can probably tell, Ian is not inclined to do anonymous grey backscenes!
A remarkable animation of the finished replica has been published, and it’s well worth a quick study when you have a minute, even if you are not particularly interested in American locomotives.
The extraordinary quality and realism of this presentation took me by surprise, so by all means do click on the link provided
The year is 1956, and the Pennsylvania Railroad makes a decision to scrap the last surviving T1 Locomotives. It possessed a combination of features that wasn’t utilized anywhere else (Franklin Poppet valves, Duplex drive, and Loewy styling). The uniqueness of the design is the main reason we’d like to see it reproduced. There are a lot of other large steam locomotive restoration projects ongoing, and we need to do something to set ourselves apart from other organizations making appeals for donations. If completed, the T1 would be the only poppet valve locomotive operating in the USA, and the only rigid frame duplex anywhere in the world.
Just time to sit down for a few hours and catch up with some recent activity. Neil Podbery has now started on some of the landscape work around Waterhead Creek on the P4 Kingswear layout. There’s still plenty to do, but we have good reference, so this will be a great help, as it lets me concentrate on the station panels.
Sepiatone of a Lee Marsh Dean ‘Achilles’ 4-2-2 No 3039 “Dreadnought’ passing Sydney Gardens.
Some investigative work has already been carried out, and a Swindon ‘General Arrangement’ drawing is already in Society possession. From their experience with other projects there are already some idea of the costs, and the most challenging aspect of the project is likely to be the manufacture of the crank-axle, which was a forging on the original locomotives.
Interior view of Bristol Temple Meads old station from platform done in 7mm scale.
Kevin has now taken delivery of this B.R. liveried M7 0-4-4T and it’s the only pic I have from this session. The original locomotive was finished at Nine Elms to a Drummond design for the London & South Western Railway at the end of March 1905, and by this period was shedded at Bournemouth. Photo and weathering by Neil Podbery
A frame grab from the new look site. Photos by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
Part of the Kingswear backscene in progress. Neil Podbery
Summer trees at skyline to the north of Kingswear looking east.
I think it’s probably a coloured works photograph, but it’s beautifully done by a relatively little-known illustrator called Murray Secretan who also designed posters for the G.W.R. and rendered some expertly coloured photographs of various other locomotives for the Locomotive Publishing Company.
This picture shows some of the equipment used to keep a dragster pilot safe, and this stuff is all mandatory nowadays. Dan’s helmet has fitments for a ‘HANS’ device which allows for natural head movements, but prevents any unsafe forward travel in accidental impact situations. This scenario did happen to one of our fellow Wild Bunch racers over the recent Easter competition, when his 2000HP engine unfortunately disintegrated five seconds after leaving the startline. By then the car had nearly completed its pass, and was travelling at about 180MPH. The escaping oil mist temporarily obscured his vision, but luckily this time, there was no instance of fire. Frame by Graham Baglin
This shows a backscene at the base painting stage, before any of the 3D work begins. Pat Humphrys is working on his Welford Park to Lambourn line, and this landscape appears at the point where the single line runs on a low embankment before crossing the River Lambourn by way of a girder bridge.
There’s still a good bit of work adding stippled texture to the fields, progressing to colour matched 1mm grass fibres as the middle distance comes into view.
This small bookcase display is looking for a new home, so do please let me know if you like the look of it
The single OO gauge line can accommodate either a medium sized tender engine, or a very short pickup goods. I’ll get it posted in the ‘For Sale’ section when I can.
Progress continues on the 3D backscene for Ian Statham’s Alcesterton layout, This latest view includes the viaduct , with the skyline just pencilled in behind to suit the optimum viewing height. Just to be clear on this, this view is just the backscene.
Ian is already doing scenic cover work on the newly formed valley contour surfaces.
It just goes to show we don’t have a monopoly on backdrops! This is a much better outlook than the usual painted sterling board effort and even though it repeats rather a lot, it does include the foreground fencing! Still, they haven’t done a 3D one yet so we’ll keep the edge for now at least. Maybe they will start disguising building sites using holograms in the future. All credit to DW Support Services for a good go!
8th March 2019
Five minutes before the show opens, we’re stocked up and ready. Summertime is mostly taken up with the dragster, but we’ll be back when Guildex comes around. Just call me if you need anything in the meantime.
This main line D121 Brake 3rd was built in 1936, and was unusual only in the positioning of some of the droplights. No 4083 has full height corridor and door lights, but the van end guard and vestibule windows are all a good nine inches above the waistline. J.H.Russell
The 2019 Missenden Abbey Spring weekend was held just a few days ago, and Mick Bonwick has now taken Chris Langdon’s place as course director. There is no better person for the job, and we’re already looking forward to the next event, which is the ‘Summer Retreat” . Chris was presented with a 3D printer and a cake at a small leaving ceremony, but I have a feeling he’ll be putting in guest appearances from time to time.
The scheduled gatherings are listed on the Missenden Abbey Modellers website, and we can expect a new look for the site shortly as well as an increased presence at shows and conventions. Please do come along and see us, have a chat and ask questions.
Scalefour North, Wakefield
Railex, Aylesbury
Railwells
Guildex, Telford
Scaleforum, Aylesbury
A number of outstanding layouts will be presented in all scales, as well as the usual trade support. so please see more information at….
Sherton Abbas is one of my favourites, but it’s just one of a superb line up at the 2019 event.
I don’t usually put ‘process’ pictures in here, but it’s good for future Missenden Abbey participants to see what takes place, and just how far you can get in a good weekend session. Madeleine Foreman enjoys landscapes, and wanted to work on the backscene for a loft layout, She made good progress layering the land surfaces, contouring and painting. Gordon Woods
Michael Ridley-Smith found out about Missenden from the TV and he needed to make a scenic section for his loft layout. I persuaded him to add a rear panel to finish it off at the back, and Michael did a trial row of trees as a painted layer, then overlaid it with a semi relief model. Gordon Woods
This is part of the 3D backscene for Ian Statham’s Alcesterton layout. There’s a decent allowance of depth for layering and forced perspective, and this mockup depicts a valley with red brick arched viaducts and abutments supporting a high central bridge viewed above terraced roofs. Looking forward to seeing this one come together. Gordon Woods
Kathy Millatt spent most of the weekend on a card mockup of a diorama, but she has so much on the go that it might well be next year before she can get round to making a start on the actual model. In the last few hours of the Sunday, she trial painted one of the views to distance that will eventually appear at the limit of the diorama’s ‘frame window’. Gordon Woods.
Gordon Woods is working on a model of Dearness Valley Junction, set in the 1960-1964 period at a location a mile or so to the south of Durham. It is a tricky site to photograph in the present day, but the zoom.earth images of the area show what was there through vegetation patterns etc and the ECML still runs through the area.
Gordon brought a fine reference folder including a number of period shots and a good selection of relevant maps (being a retired Geography teacher certainly helped in this respect!) The quick 3D test section shown here was produced by a referring to combination of reference sources, and I particularly like the distant hills at skyline. Gordon Woods
There are a couple more good examples to include, but I don’t have any pictures yet. I can always complete the set next time. I have already had some good feedback, and there is a review of Kathy’s work, and a picture of the ‘Stonington Harbour’ mockup on her extensive social media network.
Peter Drost makes award winning rolling stock and locomotives and here’s a view of a gated industrial siding on his Tanat Valley scaleseven layout
Pat Humphrys has been putting in the hours on his 7mm scale ‘Welford Park to Lambourn’ layout and he showed me this picture on his phone at the Bristol event. The small station at Welford Park is seen here (looking North East), and it was always quiet, apart from Newbury market days. Passenger receipts were minimal but goods traffic did provide some returns for the branch, with only small quantities of coal. Surprisingly, there was little or no milk produce forwarded, with the main income coming from the conveyance of watercress grown in the nearby river Lambourn.
This was the only passing loop on the line, and it was reconstructed by the GWR in late 1908 with the addition of a signal box located at the Lambourn end of the up platform. A second platform was also added along with new corrugated iron pagoda waiting shelters. It was named after the nearby private estate, serving the villages of Welford, Wickham and Weston. The area remains very similar looking today, unfortunately without it’s railway, and this is the arrangement of the backscene with a row of trees following the line as it heads out north west into open countryside before passing East Garston. Leckhampstead and Peasemore are hidden behind the rising valley contour at skyline, and Pat’s model then loops round to reach the Lambourn terminus. The full 3D backscene is coming on well, and the next section requiring work is to the left of this scene. Patrick Humphrys.
A small gathering recently took place at Bucks Hill, and Chris Walker paid us a visit. He wanted to try out some of his Midland & South Western Joint Railway stock, and it looked right at home. Much of the rolling scenery that the MSWJR ran through is similar to sections of Bucks Hill.
This attractive lined lake passenger train made a few stops, and a black MSWJR 0-6-0 followed the passenger train round on the same road. We paused it briefly at Ewyas Harold for a portrait, and I will put up some more shots from this session A.S.A.P. Chris Walker
Shaun Underhill sent me his painting of the District Railway’s Osterley & Spring Grove Station circa 1933. The colour of the station name board was one of the reasons for the original enquiry, which has now gone from being Metropolitan dark red to a mid green (which was my guess) and finally to dark blue. In the end Mike Horne, who writes books on the District and other L.T lines confirmed that District Railway signs did in fact have a blue background.
The early model Austin 7 is owned by a friend of Shaun, and all in all, it’s a pleasant subject to paint with enough period detail to make it interesting.
The first Kingswear backscene panel has now been rested in place, and I have already begun work on the next one. A trip in the van and a few hours of tweaking got the job done, and it’s a significant step in this large project. Each building facade is represented as it appeared in the 1930s and it’s my favourite type of layout environment… a historic recreation.
Generate a Panorama, with a south east view at 160 degree sweep.
River Dart, with a view out to the English Channel.
Work in progress, overlaid onto the digital contour landscape
Before installation
Rested in place with Hotel, Station and Quay still in progress.
The village hall was built on a very cramped plot in 1920, but it still presents quite an imposing facade as it overlooks the station, appearing in many railway photos. It served many functions, including the Headquarters of all the Civil Defence activities, and also held dances in aid of various charities and war efforts, The money was raised to begin a “Welcome Home” fund for the members of the forces. Each returned serviceman was given a brown leather wallet and a pound note. The telephone number was Kingswear 83.
Detail of Kingswear’s stone parish church, which was dedicated to St. Thomas of Canterbury, often associated with pilgrimage. Overseas travellers preferred Kingswear as a landing place on their way to the tomb of Thomas à Beckett in Canterbury and this probably gave rise to the association. The original church was heavily ‘restored’ in 1847 and it appears at just below 4mm scale on the layout’s 3D backscene as a forced perspective facade.
The opposite bank and headland is our limit of view angle to the South West. Dartmouth and Kingswear both had tidal mills, Kingswear’s on Waterhead Creek, Dartmouth’s across the Mill Pool, made possible by the ‘Fosse’ or dam across its creek. Because of the larger gap between Dartmouth’s two protruding hills, Hardness and Clifton, this created a larger opportunity for creating flat land suitable for building on. Kings‘Wear’ actually refers to a tidal mill that used ‘Weirs’ to control the water in and out and allow more regular power for its corn grinding in Waterhead Creek, (behind us in this view) It worked in a very similar way to Dartmouth’s ‘Fosse’, letting water into the Mill Pool – creating not only a place to produce food and employment, but also a beating heart to the local community.
Shed pilots can be portrayed moving dead engines around for maintenance and light repairs, and the interior can be presented as a night, or busy early morning scene, or daylight with a view peering out over the coaling stage and other shed roads. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
I clearly remember my trips to Old Oak Common, seeing the dirty old Westerns and Warships idling outside the sheds, and this view takes me back to those days. Class 52 No D1011 Western Thunderer rests on the back road, and the shed will fill up with noise, diesel fumes and smoke when the pair of sixty four litre Bristol-Siddeley-Maybach V12s start up for a day’s work! Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
Peering out through the old windows, other engines can be seen as they trundle around the depot. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
The old shed has seen better days, as a pair of workhorses are temporarily stored. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
I do like seeing similar engines close by, particularly in shed views, as it was normal for typical local duties. No less than four small prairies occupy the shed in this 1930s type view. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
January 12th 2019
A quiet Christmas/New year, mainly spent trying to catch up with my work. Firstly I must confirm the very sad loss of Jack Anziani, who passed away In the Royal Free Hospital in Hampstead just before Christmas. He was a regular attendee at Bucks Hill, became a good friend to all of us, and will be sorely missed.
I don’t have a front portrait, but here’s Jack in his element at a Bucks Hill running afternoon. (He’s in the blue checked shirt)
Last train from Westcott.
Lee has recently sent me one of the first photos of the new painted and lined Wainwright 4-4-0. The availability details of the limited run can be found here, along with some detail views .
The ‘D’ class 4-4-0 tender locomotives were built to a Harry Wainwright design for the South Eastern and Chatham Company. The first of the class entered service in 1901, and by 1907 fifty-one were in traffic. Of these, twenty-one were built at Ashford built while the rest were supplied by outside contractors based in Scotland and the North of England. The flowing curves and balance of these engines was the equal of any of the most elegant designs of the period, and so was the lavish lined out paint scheme. (A Modelu figure of our old friend Dr Paul Glover studies the new arrival from the platform). Lee Marsh Model co.
The well stocked bar at Missenden Abbey.
A Missenden Modellers flyer for the three annual courses.
Camden roundhouse example
Nick’s excellent replica G.W.R. crossing.
Unfortunately, Jack was not able to attend this event , but I know he used to enjoy seeing Westcott photos published now and again, so there are a few previously unseen versions added in monotone as a tribute.
A B/W version of L.M.S. workings taken from Chris Nevard’s Westcott feature for Model Rail magazine
Westcott shed modelled by Jack… R.I.P.
Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
They continued in service until Webb’s retirement, but his successor, (George Whale) preferred simple superheated locomotives, so consequently they were all scrapped between 1906 and 1907.
‘Greater Britain’ in period sepiatone. The original was built in October 1891, with a second following in May 1893. The remaining eight three-cylinder compounds came from Crewe Works in April and May 1894, with the two outside high pressure cylinders drove the trailing drivers, timed by Howe-Stephenson valve gear. The one inside low pressure cylinder drove the leading drivers using a slip eccentric. Most unusually, there was no mechanical coupling between the two sets of drivers.
Stanier Coronation class Pacific No 46234 ‘Duchess of Abercorn’. The original was Built in the summer of 1938 at Crewe, and it appears here as allocated to 12A Carlisle Upperby shed, in the late British Railways lined Brunswick green livery.
G.W.R. Collett 4-6-0 4900 class No 4919 Donnington Hall was built in March 1929 at Swindon works. In the late B.R. period, the locomotive was allocated to 85A shed at Worcester. The loco is seen here from an unusual viewpoint near the bottom of the embankment.
Lee Marsh G.W.R. 517 class 0-4-2T No 1160 passes an up local service.
Ex L.M.S. Fowler three cylinder ‘Patriot’ class 4-6-0 No 45513 was built at Crewe in the summer of 1932, and is seen here in lined British Railways Brunswick Green livery. This particular loco retains an original parallel boiler outline, and was shedded at 8A Edge Hill.
G.W.R. 2021 class 0-6-0PT No 2069 is another workhorse from the Dave Thomas collection. The William Dean original had a saddle tank and emerged from Wolverhampton works in 1899. Dave Thomas.
Dave Thomas brought this G.W.R. Churchward 2-8-0T No 4298 and it appears here heading west with a rake of loco coal opens. The original design was introduced in 1910, but this one was built at Swindon Works 31/10/1922. The model was weathered by Neil Podbery. Dave Thomas.
This Collett 5600 class was introduced 1924. for service in the Welsh valleys. 0-6-2T No 5634 was built at Swindon at the end of September 1925. The loco is about to cross over the occupation bridge on the down main heading for Abergavenny, to the south west. The model was also weathered by Neil Podbery. Dave Thomas.
The Wild Bunch Dragsters trophy for American Pie. Our engraved plaque is in the middle , surrounded the some of the great names of UK quarter mile heroes.
Maybe next year I’ll be able to find enough time to re-do the rear bodywork with a bit more panache, like this spectacular ‘boat tail’ slingshot dragster of the mid sixties period. This car would eventually have received a colourful hippy paintjob, but it looks fine here just in the exquisitely hand crafted bare ally. His somewhat dowdy opponent can be seen in the far lane with a simpler ‘bucket’ rear body.
From the 1950’s to the 1970’s, dragstrips big and small were littered all up and down the Pacific Coast of California, but less than a handful remain today. One of the regions more popular quarter mile raceways during this golden era was the Half Moon Bay Dragstrip, located just outside San Francisco.
In 1942, the California State Highway Department constructed the Half Moon Bay Airport 20 miles south of San Fran for the U.S. Army during World War II, and it was turned over to the Navy at the war’s conclusion. In 1947, San Mateo County acquired the airport and ten years later, with the hot rodding movement exploding across the region, the newly popular sport of drag racing took over the runway and it’s surroundings. Several improvements were made to what was then the largest dragstrip in Northern California, including fencing, bleachers (stands), a top end safety net, a timing tower made from an old bread van!, concessions, and the latest and greatest timing and starting line equipment. It was also one of the first tracks in the nation to use radio and television to advertise their racing events.
This is a hand drawn artwork of the prominent sign that appeared on the south facing wall of the laundry building as it protruded out to the roadside, just beyond the small front gardens. It’s basically just a tracing of a reference photo, and the cutout is for a south facing window.
A North British type 2 B0-B0 no D6100 stands ready to brave the bad weather on this atmospheric Playcraft catalogue cover.
A Warship hydraulic, Woodhead electric and a Pacific Steam loco race each other in this marvellous celebration of speed and power….. Who won I wonder? and was the signalman ready for his busy spell?
A superb Cuneo study of passenger trains at Saltash, taking turns to cross the iconic Royal Albert Bridge across the River Tamar. This is one of the less commonly seen covers, as the 9th edition (issued in 1963), and it included the ‘Lionel’ brand.
Intrigue, myth, ghosts and smugglers, are all brought to life in this fascinating show, centred on the beautifully crafted Rye Town Model. Watch royal visits, French invasions and dastardly doings, and as the stories unfold, the commentary is enhanced by dramatic sound and light effects. It’s well done and worth a visit.
Dean Goods at Chilton shed. Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
There are a few more pictures to include soon, sent in by enthusiasts but they are going to need some processing work. Apologies, for this…..I will get round to including them A.S.A.P….. Back soon.
Several trips this month, working on Kingswear’s permanently installed baseboards, mostly shaping the various removable panels that now form the backscene landscape around Waterhead Creek. Some of them need to be ‘single skinned’ so to speak, allowing the maximum access to a concealed fiddleyard behind the scenes.
In the meantime, I have also been making the elements of the backscene townscape, including the floating timber ferry pontoon with its lattice iron approach walkway. The small cluster of buildings including Mill House are underway as well , forming the focal point of the backwater scene. Paul is doing the boats and small timber and corrugated sheet boat house near the high water line.
A number of relief outline houses appear against the skyline, forming the outline of the sought after Ridley Hill area of Kingswear. These really contrast with the humble working dwellings and quayside businesses, which will eventually oversee the station further to the left of this point. They have been produced to a smaller relative scale, and are just rested in place for now because they still need to be wired up for lighting before being permanently installed. All share a westerly view, over to the opposite bank, with Dartmouth visible to the right and various inlets in the wooded riverbank before the promontory at One Gun Point and then further still, out over the English Channel and Jersey beyond the horizon.
This photo from the 1920s shows the sunny side of the Dart riverbank, and houses are being built to the north of the Church and ferry as the town expands. The side on houses called Overhill (2) which were the first to be built around 1890, then Hawarden Terrace (3) a few years later, followed in 1900by the Beechcroft pair of semis(4) bordering Higher Contour road; semi detached from Glenhurst(5) , Killiney(1) , (which was built with semi glazed red brick with yellow brick quoins and window framings) completed the group in 1908 and couldn’t decide which road to adopt for it’s entrance, and so took both Wood Lane, and Higher Contour Road for access. Mike and Jane Trevorrow.
Using old Tythe maps of the area, it seems that ‘many of the unbuilt plots were originally described as gardens. Mike and Jane Trevorrow.
Please do pick up a copy if you see it as it includes some great modelling and of course it features the new 7mm Peco accessories range. I’ll be looking to include some of these products into a diorama as soon as possible.
‘Cornishman’ 4-4-0 at the Down main platform
Toad brake van in the down loop.
Collett 1400 class 0-4-2T No 1473 and it’s Auto trailer head pass Ewyas Harold heading east towards Abergavenny.
Adams Radial 4-4-2T being turned at Westcott’s small shed.
Single decker bus at Westcott’s level crossing.
Manchester four wheeler at the loop behind the station building.
L.M.S. Diesel electric No 10001
King George VI is displayed here in late 1950s British Railways condition, and was allocated to 81A Old Oak Common during this period.
6028 Cab detail view
This particular Collett King class 4-6-0 was built at Swindon at the end of July 1930, and all members of the class were modified with 4-row superheaters from 1947. No 6028 received it’s elliptical brass capped double chimney in 1955.
A long time ago now I trained as a technical illustrator doing cutaways and ghosted views of vehicles etc and I still keep an eye out for traditional illustration because of course it takes me back. A few publications still do use traditional illustrations as I remember them but I find that one of the most common uses of traditional illustrations and even occasionally some cutaways can still be found on plastic kit boxes. They sometimes appear just as isolated outline studies, like a cut out, but now and again, the vehicle is depicted ‘in situ’, and these are the most fun.
Illustrated book covers are comparatively rare nowadays but some of them were very well done like this Ladybird cover leaf. There’s a distinctive nostalgic feel to these pictures even though they were just commercial art at the time. The book cost two shillings and sixpence, or just ‘two n’ six’ to ordinary folk.
A classic Airfix kit box features a traditional illustration of a cattle wagon on the lid and look how well the vehicle is portrayed in this ‘in situ’ picture. Next month I will see if I can find some fine quality illustrations done for the covers of model catalogues which is another source of really good work, as well as featuring commissioned oil paintings from time to time.
J.M.W. Turner’s Raby Castle and the Earl of Darlington’s hound pack. The surrounding landscape is dominated by one of the wildest skies ever painted, with it’s wonderful roiling storm clouds, shadows and sunlight. J.M.W. Turner.
This early stage mockup shows the elements of Andrew Glover’s Todmorden Viaduct diorama coming together, backed up with a ‘Generate a Panorama’ contour plot of the Yorkshire hills plotted from the correct map location and viewing height. Andrew has carefully adjusted the horizon and track bed heights to 146cm and 135cm respectively to correspond to a 160cm average viewing height.
This is part of Ian Statham’s Alcesterton diorama in progress and there is already quite a bit of work in this progressively scaled townscape. The depth and balance of the scene is already starting to work very nicely indeed and no doubt I’ll have a few more images of progress next time I can get round to posting. Townscapes can take a long time, especially when the detailing work becomes necessary.
I will be popping over to see Pat Humphrys in the next few weeks and we will spend a little time looking at the Lambourn end of his 7mm scale model, As you can see here Pat already has the knack of developing the basic distance layers, and the next job will be to adapt the buildings of the distant town into focal layers from Pat’s library of period reference photos.
This is a very blurry screen grab from a movie clip, but it shows us doing our thing. Dan and Mark are keeping an eye on things as I start the burnout. We’ll be swapping places next year, but I have to learn how to crew, as I’ve never done it before. Doing the safety checks, fuel refill, pulling the parachute pin without releasing it by mistake, plugging the hefty jumper cables in to start up, towing back from the top end, and many more duties.
Dan does fit into the small roll cage…..just, and the full set of 4 layer Nomex fireproof safety gear has now arrived from the States. This includes the gloves (which were still missing when this picture was taken a few weeks ago)
Lee Marsh Model Co Dean Goods 0-6-0
This study close up of the Dean cab shows the fully detailed backhead, and all the other components including the 1908 cab warning plate. Lee Marsh Model Co
All the Met locomotives were fitted with safety chains even into the mid twenties, but quite a few other companies also fitted similar types. Here’s my old ‘D’ class Sharp Stewart 2-4-0T Metropolitan locomotive that had them from new. David Lane.
Whitchurch Road station building and platform. David Lane.
Ealing Road’s urban landscape. Barry Cossins
The urban forced perspective scene has a collaged and edited printed rear panel with several layers of cutouts. Five rows of terraced houses appear parallel to the railway, progressing from layout scale at the lineside, into smaller scales and depths, graduating into the landscape and middle distance. Barry Cossins
Coffee break!
The Spring Weekend opened for booking on 20th September and over 40 places have already been taken up, so If you do intend coming it is advisable to book very soon, especially if you wish to stay at the abbey.
I have started much earlier with some of the correspondence about backscene projects, which but do please register with David Brandreth first so he knows what is going on.
Neil is working on a full 3D backscene for a west country layout, and this is a small section of it, still in progress. There’s more detail to be added but it gives a fine initial impression of the kind of landscape surrounding the line. Neil Podbery
Getting to know ‘Generate a Panorama’ speeds up what can otherwise be quite a bit of research time, especially when we’re turning back the clock. Some more of Neil’s 3D work is to be seen here in this composite view. Neil Podbery
It helps to have some painting experience as well as modelling time under your belt when you take on a landscape commission, and this is an example of one of Neil’s skies. Neil Podbery
This oil painting by Neil is now in a private collection and it’s entitled ‘Fairford Goods’. I love the shadows in this quiet study, and see how the sky loses some of the upper blue intensity as it descends to horizon. Oil on canvas, 22″ x 16″ Neil Podbery.
More 3D backscene work in progress. Neil Podbery
Tony sent in this Collett 4-6-0 No 4967 Shirenewton Hall which is done in 7mm scale. The original ‘Modified Hall’ was built at Swindon in 1929 with 6′ 0″ driving wheels, higher pitched boiler, modified footplating and other detail differences to the earlier ‘Saint ‘ rebuilds. Tony Geary.
Tony built this Churchward 4700 class ‘Night Owl’ 2-8-0 No 4702. The original was turned out from Swindon at the end of February 1922 and by the time it acquired the late BR livery it was shedded at 81C Southall shed. Tony Geary.
The valley side is taking shape here in mod=roc stretched over a series of foam board formers. We have reference for this area from the 1930s and we will be pencilling the wooded areas and field boundaries into place at the next on-site visit. Paul Woodward
This is just one of the many frontages making up the layered townscape of Kingswear. Most of the retaining walls and buildings in the town are local stone but a number of fired brick structures were built during the Victorian expansion of the town including this small sail loft which still exists as a private house, looking out over Higher Street.
Dean 3031 ‘Achilles’ class No 3049 ‘Dreadnought’ on Andrew’s ‘Sydney Gardens’ display diorama. I like the way the wall is reflected in the polished dome. There is a plan to construct a full size Single, so I’ll get round to doing some investigating on that when I can. Kevin Wilson
No 1 and Manning Wardle ‘K’ class I think at the coaling stage sidings.
Sharp Stewart 2-4-0 No 11 with lined lake livery and stovepipe chimney
Our train at New Romney station. It does feel like a main line in miniature…. just as they said!
There are only a few more opportunities to race now as the season draws to a close, and we are in the staging lanes here ready to run against ‘The Villain’. They won easily with their 1400HP supercharged dragster against our injected entry. Dan Boone.
The tail end of a GWR permanent way train is held in the down loop. The ‘Toad’ brake van has ‘Return to Exeter’ chalked on under the “G”.
Phil Gomm brought a superb BR Era Western Auto Train with a black 14XX side tank No1473 and an Auto Trailer. This is paused at Bucks Hill’s down platform, just opposite the waiting shelter.
Ivatt 4F-A Mogul No 43059 with flat and well wagons in the down loop. The original was built at Doncaster in 1950.
Phil Gomm’s lake liveried auto trailer No W229W at Bucks Hill station.
A view over the platforms looking North towards Callow Hill with the cattle dock and goods shed behind a solitary GWR horse box.
There’s a lot more work to do on this section of rear panel, but it’s the beginnings of a view to the south from the ferry, looking out to sea, with the far horizon, One Gun Point, St Petrox Church and Warfleet Creek. It needs a lot more detail, and definitely some more boats, but the tree covered 3D headland that forms the foundation for Kingswear itself will eventually obscure most of the horizon from this viewpoint.
Paul has been browsing through copies of GWR Journal obtained from the Titfield Thunderbolt bookshop in Bath, and there is a wealth of useful information, as well as reference photographs, some of which we hadn’t previously seen. Some of the articles give a real feel for the times and the everyday operations of the railway. Just as an example, there is a piece describing the branch 14xx Class, actually numbered 1466, together with its regular driver’s name – Reg Westaway, which could normally be seen with one or two autocoaches and frequently one or more fish vans, or ‘Bloaters’, attached. Paul does have a 1400 and an auto coach on the layout so it’s just a question of re-numbering it, or possibly building another one. Stephen Bomford has sorted out the fish van and chassis, and that can all go into a very nice, and authentic, train formation.
The usual care and attention to detail is clear in this view of a 2301 Class (or Dean Goods), and one example is seen here at Temple Meads. They were a numerous and very long-lived class of engine, originally introduced in 1883, sometimes lasting well into the British Railways era. They were very popular with crews, being simple to operate and very reliable, and with a light axle-loading, they could be found at work on many rural branch lines as well as main line duties. Lee Marsh
Sepia Vignette of Dean Single No 3040 ‘Empress of India’. Lee Marsh.
Kevin hasn’t had much spare time lately, so there haven’t been any Bucks Hill gatherings, so I will include a few pictures from previous Bucks Hill days that I didn’t get round to tweaking.
A British Railways standard 2-6-0 No 76056 heads east at Ewyas Harold.
Fowler L.M.S. 0-6-0T No 16528 trundles along the up main with a short rake of Cannock Chase five plank empty opens. During this period, all the coal was moved by rail, with none actually being moved on the canal. The small colliery engines would take wagons like these full of coal to the local sidings, where they would be marshalled into long trains, and a bigger, more powerful, engine would collect them for delivery to power stations, factories, etc. Oddly, a few years later, the private railway system at Cannock was actually sold and some canal traffic was re-introduced. In all, the Cannock Chase Colliery Company ran ten pits in the Chasewater area.
Ex G.W.R. No 4919 Donnington Hall waits in the down loop with a British Railways era goods train with containers, and steel panelled covered vans.. This photo has a different lighting which I rather like, so I’ll a few more like this at the next gathering.
The first of two decent passes, and a rare glimpse of sunlight. I’m squinting a bit in this pic as I concentrate on the pre launch burnout. The credit for this success must go to my super dedicated crewmen, Mark England and Dan Boone who can be seen running about in the two movie clips (from different camera positions) attached below.
By the way, I do have pair of Keith Black 426 ally heads for sale with good stock rocker gear, and some other stuff, all of which would be fine for a beginner’s level hemi so I’ll put it in the ‘For Sale’ page when I can.
I made a 7mm etch for the Pullman 10 ft rivetted bogie as pictured below, and brought it to Guildex this year.
Many steam hauled Pullman Coaches were equipped with these unequalised rivetted plate 10 ft wheelbase bogies, so if you are struggling to find them in 7mm, let me know.
The fold up etch contains the bogie frame with crossmembers, bolster and brake gear as well as separate overlays for the curved lower channel. Even the axleboxes and individual spring leaves are included, so certainly not a beginner’s kit, but quite an impressive level of authenticity would be achievable with enough time spent.
The old Brill to Quainton Road train looked a bit like this from the twenties to the mid thirties, but a better looking eight wheeled brake composite carriage was also used which had a wider, and more attractive profile with curving tumblehome lower panels instead of this narrower flat sided affair.
My blueprint for the Metropolitan rigid eight, a lot of the other pictorial reference came from Bill Simpson’s wonderful Brill Tramway book.
A few mid-Victorian rigid eight wheeled carriages survived for passenger service on the Brill line lasting until it’s closure in 1936, and I remember making this one by cheating with concealed bogies. These are cunningly hidden behind soldered brass rigid inner ‘W’ irons and radially controlled outer axles with long spring hangers allowing some sideplay. Very uncomfortable indeed by all accounts, with only thin cushions sliding about on hard wooden pews and nothing at all to hold onto!
No 27 and a scratchbuilt ventilated teak milk van. The louvres were done by repeatedly scraping a sheet of 80 thou styrene with a piece of hacksaw blade sideways along a straightedge. The locomotive boiler is a bit of ally vacuum cleaner extension tube with a hole cut in it for a Portescap RG7 set…how did I ever find the time?
Part of the Royal Dart Hotel, with the rear overlooking the river, adjacent to the station. Circa 1850. Italianate style stuccoed, with a low pitched hipped bitumenised slate roof with over- sailing and bracketed eaves. The main block is three storeys and attic. Three bays to east on this side. A rusticated stucco ground floor appears with segmentally headed recessed windows and a right hand doorway. A first floor band is modelled, and above are first and second floor windows in three tall round-headed recesses with moulded arches and continuous impost. The second floor windows are round headed with panelled aprons below. The three square attic windows rest directly above a moulded cornice. All the sash windows with their glazing bars must still be added. A very large segmentally arched carriageway on right (north) to quay, with five round-headed windows above (two blind), forming a link- ing bridge to an Italianate tower on north side which has rusticated ground stage rusticated quoins to the second stage with round-headed first floor windows and a clock face with heavy moulded cornice above. Bell-stage with three small louvred openings on each side and a hipped roof with large shaped brackets to eaves soffit.
Model Rail magazine’s latest themed issue deals with backscenes which is a great idea. It’s full of examples and ideas, and it’s a credit to see editorial content concentrating on this aspect, as good landscape surroundings are such an important part of todays scenic models.
The cover of issue No 250 features a photo from Chris Nevard’s excellent Bucks Hill portfolio with its detailed 3D backscene included, and there is also a feature on a making a display diorama in 7mm scale. Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
This one is included in colour as a double page spread, and it stars our own Dean ‘Achilles’ class Single No 3065 ‘Duke of Connaught’ piloting an up express. The train engine is a Dean 2-4-0 No 3242 which was one of a class of 20 fast passenger locomotives built in 1893, primarily to work Swindon to Weymouth trains as well as South Wales expresses like the one shown here.
Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
Don’t forget that Aberayon & Chilton in 7mm scale has yet to appear, and at some point, we will be able to see the spectacular scratchbuilt locomotives of Andrew Cowie as well which will be a treat for all. I don’t have any confirmed issue numbers for these upcoming articles yet.
Lee has published some pics of the sample Dean ‘Goods’ 0-6-0 at Bucks Hill, and here’s a small sepia version. Kevin Wilson/Lee Marsh.
All the details and options for these can be found at the link provided. Lee Marsh.
A Clerestory carriage at Temple Meads in lined 1912 lake livery. Lee Marsh
A small section from I.D. Backscenes No 247 ‘Coast’. These can all be ordered in different sizes and if required done to special sizes or mirror imaged to extend a run.
A view from I.D. Backscenes No 239 ‘Industrial’, a 6 metre by 15 inch backscene. Each tube contains two 150cm sections.
The Station Building.
View over platforms.
Bridge 179 detail.
Here are a pair of containers shackled to flat wagons using one of the most popular CPL kits.
This G.W.R. Diagram F16 Double ended Toplight Corridor Slip coach was photogrphed at Swindon’s carriage sidings by Roye England, and I have a really nice 7mm complete etch for one of these. I’ll bring it to the Guildex show just in case anyone wants to build it to attach to the back of a passenger rake. It would work quite well by itself on a branch terminus layout as well.
The 15thou brass body etch comes with all the usual CPL fine detail, including bufferbeams, droplights, vents, steps, lamp irons, and bolection mouldings. A number of other components are available to progress this one, including a separate 57 foot T/L underframe. Roye England
Here’s a copy link to a well made movie clip that clearly shows a slip working at Banbury https://www.youtube.com/watch?
This is an H36 Bow end composite, so please contact me if you want the details. They need a good bit of effort on the interior research, because you can see in easily through those big windows.
I also have enough etches for a ‘B’ Set and quite a few parts to fit, so again, just let me know if you would like to have a go at these. J.H. Russell.
There’s no need to wait for harvest time to visit Pendon, in addition to the normal weekend opening hours, the museum will now be open every Wednesday from July 25th until August 29th, and every Thursday from August 2nd until August 30th. A fantastic opportunity to bring children along to the museum.
The dragster’s support van interior needs to be organised and compartmented so it doesn’t become a chaotic mess as the days racing takes it’s toll, and I have also now de-commissioned the brass six planet orrery with a view to installing it in it’s new home in St Saviour on the island of Jersey.
A few pics from the latest Bucks Hill running day to begin…
James Aitken very often brings interesting models along and this picture shows a bogie warflat with it’s single tank load shackled in place for transport to the docks. The Infantry Mark II type shown here was best known as the ‘Matilda’, as a twin engined tank of the Second World War weighing about 25 tons including the heavy armour. The Matilda II was an excellent infantry support tank but had somewhat limited speed and armament, and was the only British tank to serve from the start of the war to its end. These were particularly associated with the North Africa Campaign in the 40s, hence they often wore brown camouflage paint. The model was built by James from a Tamiya kit.
A close up of the train’s locomotive. The ‘Austerity’ 2-8-0 was based on the LMS Class 8F, which until that point had been the government’s standard design. Various modifications were made to the 8F design by R.A. Riddles in order to prioritise low cost over design life. These included a boiler of simpler construction which was parallel rather than tapered and a round-topped firebox rather than a Belpaire firebox. The firebox was made of steel rather than the rarer and more expensive copper. The North British Locomotive Company (NBL) of Glasgow built 545 (split between their two works at Hyde Park and Queen’s Park) and the Vulcan Foundry (VF) of Newton-le-Willows, Lancashire, built 390. North British also built a larger 2-10-0 version.
Ex G.W.R. No 4919 Donnington Hall waits in the up loop. This one was taken in different lighting as an attempt to give an evening shadow effect and I might do a few more like this.
The timber footbridge with shadows in the ‘warm late evening’ lighting.
A superb Lee Marsh clerestory brake in pristine fully lined Victorian livery.
This Riddles B.R. Standard class 4 mogul No 76056 was brought along for a turn by Nigel Smith, and Kevin has installed some photographic studio lighting which is definitely helping to reduce some of those pesky frontal shadows. The locomotive itself was built at Doncaster works in 1955 but had a ridiculously short service life of just over 10 years.
The branch line train arrives at Bucks Hill headed by a Lee Marsh Model co ‘517’ class 0-4-2T. The stone face of the down through platform is in the foreground, with barrows, baskets churns etc, with the wooden cattle dock and goods shed behind.
G.W.R. 45xx class small prairie No 4507 heads a short rake of coal empties past Ewyas Harold on the down main.
No 306 Autocrat was an extended version of the Whale’s Precursor Class 4-4-0, with slightly smaller driving wheels. The first of the class, No 66 Experiment was built in 1905 and a total of 105 were constructed up until 1910. The LNWR reused numbers and names of withdrawn locomotives, with the result that the numbering system was completely haphazard!
John Edwards often comes along to Bucks Hill from the Warley modellers group, and he brought quite a few locomotives along for a run at the last gathering
No 6829 Burmington Grange , passing Ewyas Harold, and the fireman looks back past the brake carriage. The ex G.W.R. 4-6-0 is presented in the early to mid 1950’s period, allocated to 83A Newton Abbot shed. A modified and super detailed “Finescale Brass” Loco, detailed and weathered by John Edwards. DCC & sound fitted.
No 4105, a “5101” class 2-6-2T “large prairie”, as running in the early to late 1950’s. Allocated to 83A Newton Abbot shed. A top end “Lee Marsh” ready to run loco, weathered by John Edwards. DCC & sound fitted.
No 1010 County of Cearnarvon passes by on the down main, running as it did in the early to mid 1950’s. Allocated to 83D (Plymouth) Laira shed, these were the final development of the two-cylinder Saint Class introduced in 1901 and included several features that had already been used on the successful Modified Hall class. In 1945, Hawksworth was given the authority to build a batch of mixed traffic 4-6-0s, and rather than building more examples of existing designs, he chose to introduce the ‘County’ Class as a testbed for a number of ideas he hoped to incorporate into a Pacific design at a later date. The model was built from a Just Like the Real Thing kit, painted and lined by Warren Haywood. It was then weathered by John Edwards, and DCC & sound fitted.
A front end detail crop of Caerhays Castle No 7014. The original Collett 4-6-0 was built in mid 1948 at Swindon, going to Bristol Bath Road shed. Malcolms finely detailed and researched 7mm scale model shows the loco in its final B.R.condition.
No 6856 Stowe Grange
The 6800 Class or Grange Class was a mixed traffic class of 4-6-0 steam locomotive, built to replace the GWR 4300 Class 2-6-0s, and a hundred of these were taken out of service to be replaced by new 4-6-0s, eighty of which were of the Grange class, whilst the remaining 20 were of the Manor class.
The Granges were effectively a smaller-wheeled version of the Halls, and the wheels, valve motion and tenders were just taken from withdrawn engines, reconditioned and then used in the construction of the new locomotives
Although built to a thirty five-year old design, in service they proved to be reliable performers, handling most duties on the network. Their smaller driving wheels giving them a higher tractive effort than the Halls, and they were often used for the haulage of perishable goods, such as fruit and broccoli, as well as shown here on excursion train duties.
Ex G.W.R. Churchward 2-6-2T No 4508 was built in mid 1907 at Wolverhampton as a development of the 4400 class, but with larger wheels and increased boiler pressure. The model has been beautifully painted and weathered by Fred Lewis of welshwizardlocoworks for its new owner. Photo courtesy of Fred Lewis.
My brother travels quite a bit for his work, and he recently went to Belgium for a few days. He brought me a souvenir present of this particular visit, and he chose to donate a rusty old pair of Stilsons to my collection of old tools! Here they are sitting on top, but because they are Belgian, they are of course made of chocolate! Next trip I fully expect him to bring me a teapot.
Ghosted View of Tornado in L.N.E.R. Apple green livery by Tim Loughhead
Monotone front end detail. Tim Loughhead
The backscene facade of St Thomas needs a bit more work and colouring, but I’ll leave that till it goes in between the other relief buildings. It is situated (of course) right next to the pub!
This platform view somehow captures the Lynton and Barnstaple in Southern Railway days. perhaps it’s because the scene is so quiet. A typical mixed train is waiting for the locomotive to back on ready for the run inland. The structures and stock were made by Henry Holdsworth, and Chris has rearranged the station to fit his available space.
The Ffestiniog Railway’s ‘Little Giant’ underwent a 6-month heavy overhaul in 1875, and. with a few minor repairs, the locomotive worked until 1887 when the boiler, smokebox and chimney were replaced. In 1904 Little Giant was back at Boston Lodge for another new boiler and replacement cylinders and cab front-sheet. By 1932, the locomotive was withdrawn and parts were being used to rebuild other England locos. Some parts still survive.
Yeo was one of three narrow gauge 2-6-2T steam locomotives built by Manning Wardle in 1898 for the Lynton and Barnstaple Railway. Like all the locomotives on the L&B, it was named after a local river with a three-letter name, the other two locomotives were named Exe and Taw. Mick Moignard.
The ‘Alice’ class 0-4-0ST locos were built specifically for the narrow gauge Dinorwic Slate Quarry. Eleven were built by the Hunslet Engine Company between 1886 & 1904, designed & supplied specifically to work the many galleries of the quarry at Llanberis, North Wales.
A Lynton & Barnstaple four wheeled covered van.
The first one was a small gouache on watercolour paper picture of Stratford’s old Shakespeare theatre, seen from the Tramway bridge across the Avon. The original idea being a recreation of a Shakespearean playhouse (or what such a playhouse was then thought to have been like) was clearly modified as soon as lines were put on paper, but what eventually emerged was quite unlike any other contemporary theatre in Britain – a delightful and fantastic blend of Mediaevalism, somewhat in the manner of William Burgess, combined with Elizabethan or ‘Old English’ elements. Taken as a whole, Unsworth’s theatre was certainly an interesting (and perhaps always underrated) invention of its time. The associated museum wing was completed in 1881 and the scene dock in 1887. Most of it was unfortunately destroyed by fire in 1926, leaving only a shell, but the museum wing, which was linked to the theatre by a galleried bridge, was undamaged.
Kings College Chapel and the Senate House in Cambridge is another small gouache study, looking north along Kings Parade. This is how the famous college appeared around 1900 so the iron railings have now gone and some trees have grown, but otherwise the aspect is hardly any different today.
Dean ‘Achilles’ class No 3079 ‘Thunderbolt’ in original condition passes under a classic G.W.R. lattice footbridge with a passenger train. This is Rowington for Shrewley station, done in 4mm scale, and the wide gap between the platforms goes back to broad gauge days. The Station master’s house is a copy of the structure at Henley on Thames, and the station buildings were based on a kit by Pola. Ray Lightfoot
George Jackson Churchward, Chief Mechanical Engineer of the Great Western Railway, was given authority to purchase three French de Glehn-du Bousquet four-cylinder compound locomotives in order to evaluate the benefits of compounding. The first locomotive, was numbered no.102, and called ‘La France’, delivered in 1903, and two further locomotives, nos. 103 and 104, ‘President’ and ‘Alliance’ were purchased in 1905. They were similar to the Paris-Orleans Railway’s 3001 class, and slightly larger than 102 These were built by Société Alsacienne de Constructions Mécaniques. with had two high-pressure cylinders fitted between the frames, and two low-pressure cylinders outside. The high-pressure cylinders drove the front driving wheels while the low-pressure cylinders drove the rears. An external steam pipe was mounted just in front of the dome, looking rather similar in appearance to a top feed. In 1907 No. 104 was fitted with an unsuperheated Swindon No. 1 boiler, President herself being similarly reboilered in February 1910 , subsequently receiving a superheated boiler in January 1914. In 1926, the three locomotives were based at Oxford shed and in this view No 103 appears in un-lined green with a Tri-composite 70 ft brake in lined lake livery. Ray Lightfoot.
G.W.R. 4-4-0 No 3822 County of Brecon enters Rowington ‘s platforms with a passenger train. These were designed as a part of Churchward’s standardisation plan, but were found to have a front end too powerful for the wheel arrangement and all were withdrawn by the early 1930s. They were designed, in part, for the Hereford to Shrewsbury LNWR line over which the GWR had running powers, but on which they were expressly forbidden to use 4-6-0 locomotives. The 4-4-0 Counties were in effect a shortened GWR 2900 Class, providing engines powerful enough for the trains but with the requisite four-coupled wheels. Richard’s model is a much modified and detailed Hornby item. Ray Lightfoot
The paint on the old glassfibre body panels has a few scratches and stains now, but these cars do have a hard life. One of these days I’ll re paint it…. but not yet!
The font is usually associated with old American playbills and wanted posters, so It seemed like a decent choice for a showman’s type paintjob. Oddly enough, it’s origin dates back to the time of carved hardwood block printing presses and the face was known as French Antique No 2.
Here’s a picture in the return road taken by the Wrathchild slingshot dragster crew who we raced a few weekends ago. They use a Chevrolet small block (foreground) and that’s me after our run on the other side, waiting for a tow back to our pit. It’s always a good idea to cover the intake for the tow back because the soft slicks throw hundreds of tiny stones upwards, and you don’t want them in your engine. We cover our side exhausts as well which are known as Zoomies in drag racing parlance. Wrathchild Slingshot Dragster.
The Mill basement is long enough to take the complete layout, which will eventually have return loops at either end, and a marshalling yard on the other side. Simon George.
An English Electric Class 40 Type 4 1Co-Co1 heads a short train of TTA tank wagons along Heaton Lodge’s four track main line. These JLTRT wagon kits are now fitted with mini ball races from M&M models and have sprung axleboxes. They detect the prototypical 1:137 gradient and there is also a plan to fit sound chips with squealing flanges and flat spotted tyres. I like the light and shadow play on the concrete sleepers in the foreground. Simon George.
Stuart Dodd has been busy with his latest build, a L.M.S. 7F 0-8-0 which is now nearing completion. There are a few jobs still to do, with back head, crew and tools to install, the under frame to paint, and coal to install.
Fowler No 9673 was built at Crewe in June 1932.
Footbridge, Station, Goods shed and Locomotive shed.
M.S.W.J.R. 0-6-0 No 23 stands in front of Charlton Park’s goods shed. Mick Moignard
Three 2-4-0 tank engines were acquired for the Midland & South Western Junction Railway from Beyer Peacock in 1882 and a fourth in 1884. These were intended for passenger work and were numbered 5 to 8, having outside cylinders. In 1894 the Company acquired three lighter 2-4-0 tender locomotives with 5 ft 6in wheels, Nos 10 to 12. No 11 is seen here and these three locomotives were taken into the GWR locomotive stock when the M&SWJR was absorbed by that company in 1923. Mick Moignard.
A quick reminder that Railex will be here soon, with its high quality reputation following the standards of the previous years. The line up of traders and outstanding layouts in scales up to and including 7mm scale. Stuart Holt will be out with his ‘Kyle of Sutherland’ P4 Scottish layout for the first time at a major show (see link below), The other link takes you to the Railex 2018 home page, and some of the layouts that will be at the exhibition in a few weeks.The event will be held over the Whitsun (or late spring) bank holiday weekend at the Stoke Mandeville Stadium near Aylesbury.
Eric Hines has done the majority of the work, but Ian took care of the backscene, and this why we are taking a quick look. The contour profile and skyline was taken from ‘Generate a Panorama.com’ looking north, then overlaid onto a horizon line drawn onto the rear panel based on the the public viewing height. This was Ian’s first go after a very good test section at Missenden, and he chose to hand paint the scene in acrylics from his own panoramic photographs of the site, combined with period reference photos with less local tree growth. Ian Haynes
The sky was based on the modern photos, as was the colour of the distant hills, while the foreground surfaces were coloured and blended to match the grass materials that Eric had chosen for the layout, (Aston Rowant’s lighting is LED, with a colour temperature of around 4500 to 5000K). Ian Haynes
The building at Aston Rowant was basically the same as the superb replica that has now been re-instated at Chinnor. To keep up with the progress of the new extension into Risborough’s platform 4 4, and the first main line connected services planned for later this year .
It works well, the colour saturation is fine, particularly from foreground intensity to far distance reduction, and the very light touch of the distance detail is also exceptional. The rails in the foreground are at 4mm scale with this small test section, so that distance work is pretty fine. Godfrey Glyn
An overall view of the station throat area, with a branch line train just ready to go.
G.W.R. Dean Goods engine No 2557 passes by on the down main. The 0-6-0 was built at Swindon in the last few months of 1887 and taken into WD duty in 1940.
Auto trailer No W38 in lake livery rests in the Golden Valley platform, accompanied by a 517 class 0-4-2T
A Dean ‘Duke class 4-4-0 No 3265 ‘Tre Pol & Pen’ takes a rake of L.M.S corridor coaches past Ewyas Harold on the up main. The original 1896 locomotive was rebuilt in 1912 with a superheated boiler, and turned out in unlined green livery.
A pair of ex L.S.W.R Drummond L11 class 4-4-0s pass by heading east with vans. The pilot engine is from a Martin Finney kit, made and painted in Maunsell dark green Southern Railway livery by Chris Wesson. The loco is now owned by Jonathan Marcus who is now looking at ideas for a layout of his own. Train engine No 30171 is in the early British Railways livery, with an eight wheeled Drummond watercart tender, and it emerged from Nine Elms in 1904. Enginemen knew this class as ‘Large Hoppers’.
Ex G.W.R. Collett 5205 class 2-8-0T No 5205 heads west and across the Welsh border with a rake of loco coal empties. These were developed from the 4200 class but had a slightly larger cylinder bore size and outside steam pipes. The first of the class is seen here in the later B.R. livery.
A L.M.S. Fowler Patriot class ‘Giggleswick’ take ventilated box vans east. Like many of the 52 members of the class, No 5538 was actually named a few years after it’s 1933 build date. The weathered 4-6-0 is from a Lee Marsh limited run.
The down through platform with figures, Golden Valley branch line platform, wooden cattle dock and goods shed behind.
A pair of old Armstrong tank locomotives rebuilt with pannier instead of saddle tanks. No 2012 of the 1901 class, and No 2069 of the 2021 class. The tender of a Dean Goods is visible to the left, and there are many different angles, cameos, and detail close ups in Model Rail’s illustrated feature. Chris Nevard/Model Rail magazine
Two small prairie tanks for this elevated view, and the layered backscene can just be seen, through the window, with it’s nearby coaling stage, distant carriage sidings and urban skyline beyond using progressively reducing scales within 17in of total cabinet depth. Chris Nevard/Model Rail magazine
This is part of the backscene studio at Missenden 2018, with various dioramas and backscene test pieces being worked on. I have already received some great feedback from this years participants and organisers. The project list included some prototype study and some typical landscapes
A level crossing with roadway progressively blending into rear panel for a loft layout.
Every year on Ascension Day, ruler of the Venetian republic known as the Doge, left the Molo and put out into the Adriatic aboard the Bucintoro which was his ceremonial boat, to perform the ceremony of the symbolic Wedding of Venice to the Sea by casting a gold ring into the water. Ken’s version is slightly different to the original, and he describes his work in a short film.
All credit to Anni Ferguson.
for the train’s formation, and once the locomotive was coupled between a pair of
similarly liveried auto-trailers, it helped to disguise the familiar steam
outline.
They turned out to be quite impractical, partly due to maintenance access issues and other difficulties like dirt soot and ash accumulation within the shell as well as excessive interior heat buildup making oiling round and other crew responsibilities uncomfortable.
Stuart finally finished building the auto tank using a CPL etch, deciding on the 0-4-2 version rather than the six coupled, so he modified the cab door and length slightly. Some guess work was used as he only had the drawing and a photo of No 833 at Trumpers crossing to go on. From the rain strips on the roof and lack of glass in some of the windows in the photo, Stuart surmised that unlike the 0=6-0ST version, water was fed in to the tanks through the windows rather than a hatch in the roof. There is most of a 517 class engine inside the model which he scratchbuilt. Taking it for a run at the Morecambe club, it attracted a lot of interest.
If you are after something a bit different for that Edwardian G.W.R. branch line terminus, I do have an etch to reproduce the shell in 7mm scale which has window beadings, footplate brackets and buffer beams but it does need a profiled roof with hatches for the saddle water tank fillers. I have the transfers as well, but do bear in mind they had all been removed by 1911!
This is the later G.W.R. Auto train and I have a number of detailing parts for these in 7mm scale, including the bell, buffer kit, couplings & correct cab handbrake. I also have a brass detail etch for the low level platform steps. This train is approaching Kevin Robertson’s 7mm scale ‘Abingdon’ layout.
The detail etch assembles into this correctly profiled G.W.R. lever parallel step mechanism, and I have both 4 & 7mm versions, as well as fine etches in stock for the trailer sides and ends as well.
The locomotives and stock for this top quality 7mm layout have been superbly built by Chris and by such famous builders as Bernard Miller, who scratchbuilt stock for the stunning W.S.Norris layout. One station (Stroudley) was L.B.S.C.R. but the other, larger, station (Francisthwaite) was joint L.N.W.R. and M.R. Mick Moignard is doing the DCC control and sound setups on Chris locos.
A few pics from Bucks Hill to finish. Most of the day to day work has been compiling articles and plotting out the 3D backscene for Kingswear.
G.W.R. No 4208 with an engineer’s train is held in the down loop. The short haul 2-8-0T was completed at Swindon in February 1912, with nearly all the class set to work on the South Wales coal traffic, with few of them straying east of Severn Tunnel Junction. The model was built from a nickel silver David Andrews kit, an ABC/Maxon setup provides power via a soundtraxx chip and Ron Chaplin pickups. A small horse drawn milk float can just be made out in the middle distance, between the locomotive smokebox and the lineside telegraph pole.
M.O.K. Armstrong 4-4-0 No 16 is one of my Bucks Hill favourites. These replaced four of Dean’s “experimental locomotives”, Nos. 7, 8, 14 and 16, thus explaining the early numbering. The adoption of Dean bogies and double-curved running plates resulted in an exceptionally handsome design. The locomotive had similarities to the Achilles class ‘Singles’ but were rebuilt and quickly superseded. The original paint and lining was reproduced to perfection by Alan Brackenborough.
A Gresley V2 waits for a turn at Bucks Hill. The 2-6-2 was bulit for the L.N.E.R at Doncaster in 1940, and would return in 1960 to recieve a double chinmey draughting modification. It appears in weathered late B.R. lined Brunswick green livery.
Double framed Dean 3300 class 4-4-0 passes Ewyas Haroldwith a down milk train. The locomotive was built at Swindon in 1904, and is seen here in unlined Brunswick mid green livery.
It’s late in the day, and a livestock van train heads out on the up main behind a 47xx 2-8-0 No 4701 which began work in January 1922. This class were equally at home with passenger duties. Often rostered on overnight long distance goods work, Bucks Hill’s resident example was built and painted by John Hayes from a Martin Finney kit using a Portescap/ABC drive, and a soundtraxx chip. Original by Barry Norman
March 2nd 2018
This is the first stage of arranging the elements of a 3D townscape, and the simple folded card shapes allow me to quickly balance the relationships of the various buildings and land contours. The ground plan is traced directly from the layout itself as a paper pattern, so it accurately dictates the available depth for any 3D representation. A little adjustment to the ferry ramp height will be necessary to get the right slope down to the waterline. and some alignment of the road surface of Fore Street as it runs along the front edge.
Model Rail No 245 is packed with how to articles and reviews, and the Urban landscape feature appears over four pages, edited by Chris Gadsby and designed by Matthew Hunt.
A sepia version of one of the Pictures , with an ex L.N.W.R. Bowen Cooke, ‘George the Fifth’ class 4-4-0 leaving Westcott. Original by Chris Nevard/ Model Rail magazine.
A view of Chilton station building made by Carl Legg, one of the many excellent structures on the Aberayon layout.
The yard crane
The basic facilities at the station end of the small loco shed
Lee has been busy, and he will soon be separating his projects into Victorian, Edwardian, and later periods, and there are a number of foreign classes in the pipeline as well, notably from the U.S.A.
A Lee Marsh GWR 0-4-2T 517 Class No 1157 and a clerestoried carriage is seen posed on a Temple Meads diorama. Very few would identify this attractive lake livery with the Great Western, it looks like in was stabled in the paint shop at Derby works by mistake! The long lived mid Victorian ‘517’ class engines must hold the record for having worn the most G.W.R. colour variants. This particular locomotive was built at Wolverhampton works in December 1875, and it was to remain in service until November 1935 by which time they were being displaced by the new Collett 48xx class 0-4-2T engines.
A few pics from the recent Bucks Hill gathering follow, and I must include a few more pics on Kevin’s Bucks Hill site, as well as updating Lee’s gallery page.
A Lee Marsh Princess Royal class No 46203 ‘Princess Margaret Rose’ in B.R. blue livery takes an express past Ewyas Harold on it’s way to Bucks Hill. The Stanier pacific was built at Crewe in 1935, and fortunately still survives today. Richard Chetland. http://www.prclt.co.uk/index.html
A weathered Lee Marsh Ex G.W.R. Prairie no 4177 in early B.R. lined black waits in the down loop with a brake van.
Kevin Robertson’s Lee Marsh Armstrong ‘517’ class 0-4-2T No 523 appears here in lined G.W.R. chocolate brown livery, backing onto a tanks wagon in one of Bucks Hill’s branch line sidings. The locomotive was from the first batch built at Wolverhampton in 1868
Close up of a superb hand made Tony Reynalds Gresley A4, with individual fasteners on all the components. Check out the real castle nut retaining the crosshead pin!
Some 3D backscene work is currently in progress at a 7mm scale branch line layout including scenes from Welford Park, East Garston, and Lambourn.
The station building and wagons at Pat Humphrys’ Lambourn.
Lambourn Station. The sky rear panel is now in place, so this isn’t retouched.
I asked Tim to send me a couple of pictures of his P4 High Wycombe model, and one of them includes a 3D Modelu scan of Tim as Stationmaster!
The main station buildings are on the down side, and because the complete site is cut into the steep Wye valley side at Amersham Hill, the buildings and platforms are staggered to save width. Tim Peacock.
Modelu Tim on the Platform. It will get busier as time goes by!. Please do visit Modelu and the amazing direct scanning capability here: www.modelu3d.co.uk
All scratchbuilt and hand lined! it’s amazing what you find when you’re out and about!
Single AEC Railcar at Apsley.
7th February 2018
We had a very successful show over the weekend with our CPL stand at the Bristol O gauge show, so thanks to the event organisers and customers alike. There are a number of new projects on the go at the moment, and I can describe one here from the start as we begin the all important research stage.
A postcard view of the Dart Valley, seen from the tidal inlet of Waterhead Creek as it nears the coastline of South Devon. This view will be reproduced in 3D to provide landscape context for a fine P4 layout that is in the process of being restored and finished as a permanent exhibit. It’s the 1930s, and the small town of Kingswear is spreading north from it’s headland opposite the larger settlement of Dartmouth, about a half a mile to the south of where this picture was taken. The upper half of the steep riverbank is still wooded, but many of the trees have been cleared away for houses and gardens. Small lanes have been cut, and stone retaining walls are providing step plateaus for new houses and hotels.
‘The train went across the Creek Bridge, and my mother thought the mud was sand and said we’d be able to have picnics and play there, needless to say we did play there in the mud! On our arrival we found that we lived over looking the creek, and the railway sidings where the carriage cleaners started work at 5:00am. You could go almost anywhere from Kingswear by rail without having to change – Birmingham, Wolverhampton, Rugby, York, London, Wales etc. We soon learnt that if you helped the engine drivers with the turntable, you would get a ride on the footplate, up over the creek bridge and down to the station, or up to the Torbay Express sidings. I have ridden on many a famous engine, one being the King George V (with the big brass bell) which was sent to the USA in the 1930s and broke their rail speed record’.
This plan will help to sort out the station end, we even have the stones making up the ferry ramp! The wagon pier with it’s turntables had already gone by the thirties. The timber pontoon allowed for the tide, by sliding up and down between two sturdy vertical timber guides (visible here at either end) Paul Woodward.
The Creek bridge area has already seen some additional landscape work since this picture was taken.
Mr John Roberts also recorded some fascinating information and published some helpful photos in his ‘Memories of Hoodown & my Kingswear childhood’
‘The ferries and horse floats were always interesting to watch – especially the steam driven boats where you could see all of the moving parts going up and down. They were unfortunately soon replaced by the diesel engine, which was more efficient but less spectacular! At the base of the cliff below my house, “Uplands” was a siding where the first Torbay Express’ coaches used to spend the night, before returning to Paddington the following morning
A few participants have already been in contact regarding their projects, and this is always rightly encouraged by the weekend organisers. For any modellers that are considering attending in the future, it’s possible to do a short test section like this frame and extend the techniques onto the full length of the layout itself at a later stage. A Lee Marsh Princess Royal class Pacific No 46203 ‘Princess Margaret Rose’ in B.R. blue livery takes an express past Ewyas Harold on it’s way to Bucks Hill. The locomotive was built at Crewe in 1935, and fortunately still survives today.
Dave Thomas sent a couple of pictures in, as he continues to experiment with lighting and shadow the interior of his small two road Victorian locomotive shed. This will be appearing in Model Rail magazine No 246 which is available to buy from newsagents on the 15th March (or slightly earlier by subscription). The cabinet houses an exquisite collection of Great Western locomotives, while allowing different lighting effects as a photo background for mood portraits and silhouettes.
At either end, mirrored access panels help by providing the illusion of a continuous view, these are also hinged allowing multi stage focus pictures looking along the shed as well as through the front aperture. In this view G.W.R. ‘Aberdare’ 2-6-0 No 2667 of 1902 stands alongside Dean ‘Goods’ 0-6-0 No2537 of 1897 both weathered by Neil Podbery. Photo by Dave Thomas.
The shed’s outdoor environment is visible though the round topped windows present along the mid section and between the piers of the rear wall, and it includes another shed to the left, a town skyline, carriage sidings with signalbox and a coaling stage surrounded by other depot and industrial architecture. Some atmospheric lighting here and shadow play onto Dean Goods and Taffy 0-6-2T. Photo by Dave Thomas.
Some of the new releases will form a Victorian collection, and I suspect this lined out Wainwright 4-4-0 will be a popular, if somewhat limited number run. Beautiful !
The Dean goods separated here to show the rods, crank axle & motion, as well as the concealed motor/g box. Malcolm Mitchell
Achilles class Dean Single ‘Dreadnought’ with a train of Clerestories passing Kenderchurch. Original by Richard Chetland.
Lee Marsh Stanier ‘Jubilee’ St Vincent on an up express passing Ewyas Harold. Richard Chetland.
The cover has a stylised three flat colour screen print with a Caledonian Railway single wheeler, and I noticed it had a patriotic Scotch thistle painted on the front bogie splasher. Then I noticed the buffer heads, which also have the thistle emblem polished into them. Is this all true? I wondered, so I looked it up and sure enough there they are on the real thing! I don’t know what the five pointed star signifies on the smokebox door, nor whether the tender buffers are done as well?
A scan from the old catalogue showing the three scenes.
From a similar period, this was Peter Denny’s backscene for his Buckingham branch line, showing how naturally good he was at doing the ‘railway in the landscape’.
This over copied picture is from one of Jack Nelson’s models, again showing how his line was just one element of the scene. If anyone has any pictures of old scenic layouts from pioneering modellers like these heroes, do send them in for fun. Malcolm Mitchell is going to be doing an illustrated volume covering the work of George Illiffe Stokes soon, so I’m looking forward to seeing that.
Tony Geary lives in Wales, and he always comes to the Bristol show, and Telford as well, where he sometimes judges competitions. He builds locomotives professionally to the very highest standards, and recently sent in this 7mm scale build of Hawksworth County No 1011 ‘County of Chester’.
These were to be the final development of Churchward’s two cylinder Saint class of 1901, and this more streamlined looking 4-6-0 was built at the end of Sept 1945. The boiler pressure was much higher for the later Swindon locomotives, and the porting and draughting was improved over the Collett years giving them an impressively high tractive effort. The name seems odd to me, as I would have thought it should have read ‘County of Cheshire’, but I’m sure there was a good reason for it! Stunning quality loco! Tony Geary
The new build No1014 ‘County of Glamorgan’ poses no such problem and the methods of donating funds to this project can be found at….
I will try and fit in a day at Hadleigh soon to have a look at doing some work on the ground surfaces in the station yard area. I would think this is going to be sieved earth and PVA, with acrylic paint colouring here and there, but there’s some research to be done beforehand to get the subtleties of texture between the high and low traffic areas represented convincingly.
The Hadleigh branch train, passing Great Eastern Railway brake van No 25097. Original by Chris Nevard.
Aberayon’s goods shed, with a pair of sidings full of wagons and vans.
During March and April we are running several photography workshops.
19 April ‘3D Photography of Scale Models’. There are places available.
Stuart Dodd sent in a couple of pics of his 7mm scale G.W.R. No 4092 ‘Dunraven Castle’ against a good natural setting. Very nicely done indeed, the 1925 Collett locomotive was an extended and refined progression of Churchward’s ‘Stars’
No 4092 in a perfect setting.
16th December 2017
We recently attended the Reading 7mm trade show at the Rivermead Centre with a newly re-stocked CPL stand, and the day turned out to be a busy one, with a few new introductions. Lee and Kevin were there with some of the latest releases, and more information regarding future projects from the Lee Marsh Model co can be found at this link…
This painted sample of a GWR ‘517’ class 0-4-2T No 1466 could be seen in one of the display cabinets at the Reading show, and it rests with a bogie clerestory carriage on the dual gauge baulk road at Bristol old station. A few detail specifications are to be changed, but the extremely high standard of presentation can be seen. Lee Marsh Model Co.
Inspired by the Pennsylvania Railroad’s K4, Gresley designed this iconic class of locomotives starting with the A1 Great Northern named after the parent company. The class then developed over time into the much loved A3’s. The Lee Marsh run has been researched from 100 original works drawings, so do keep an eye out for regular progress reports on this, and all the other exciting new limited runs in the pipeline. Lee Marsh Model Co.
David Bousfield’s ‘Hadleigh’ feature got some very good feedback, partly due to David’s knowledgeable contributions to the article copy and captions, as well as the well framed cameo photos around the model. Here are some monotoned versions from Chris’s excellent session, and a colour example from Dave Studley.
This lined blue Great Eastern Railway 2-4-2T No 650 is a regular on the Hadleigh branch line, and it is seen here beginning the journey south with it’s train of four and six wheeled teak bodied vehicles. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
A lovely refrigerated G.E.R. Butter Van No 21974 in appropriate buttery livery by Ragstone Models (I think?). Painted, weathered & photographed by Dave Studley.
Another view of No 650 at Hadleigh. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
The photo shoot has now been done at Aberayon, and Chris will be sending me the portfolio in the next few weeks. The fascinating captions will be then be adapted from Dr Paul Glover’s descriptions, just re-arranged slightly for Model Rail’s upcoming feature. In many cases, Paul actually saw these particular L.M.S. locomotives at work between the colliery sidings and yards, and stood on their footplates while in revenue earning service in the south Leicestershire coalfield.
Quite a few figures appear on this layout and here are a pair of ‘chaps’ standing just outside the modest station entrance at the intermediate station of Chilton.
Hughes L.M.S. 5P4F ‘Crab’ No 2777 in unlined black rests at a turntable road at Chilton’s locomotive shed. The loco was built in late August 1927, and by this period it was shedded at Nuneaton. Modelled by Nigel Smith for Paul in 2001 from a College Models kit, and painted by Ian Rathbone.
Only very basic locomotive facilities at Aberayon, with a single road shed, a water column and timber coaling platform. The goods shed and two sidings are approached by the road just behind the shed.
I have now submitted a feature for inclusion in a future Model Rail magazine showing a few tricks to help doing a layered 3D townscape, so that should appear fairly soon now. It includes the usual safeguards to avoid trouble with horizons and so on, and there are sketches to show the relationships for differing viewing heights etc.
From a relatively low viewpoint like this preliminary sketch, the view to distance is often obscured by nearby structures, but with more commonly encountered high scale elevations, a view across the rooftops to distance is more likely.
Not all townscapes are flat, so it helps to combine your reference sources, and double check the contouring before plotting out the surroundings. The feint blue line is the horizon datum in this view of Bath from the Avon.
David Brandreth is one of the organisers of the Missenden Abbey Modellers events, and he kindly sent me an album of photos from the Warley exhibition.
A tramway within a forced perspective townscape …WOW… it might only be a brief glimpse but what a glimpse it is! This is a view of ‘IJsselstein’, a historic diorama of an old Dutch town near Utrecht. Holland, recently made by Peter Dillen, who has gained a reputation over the last few years for exhibiting very well arranged illusion models. It brings the style of the Dutch romantic landscape painter Willem Koekkoek to life. Born in Northern Holland in 1839, Koekkoek was immensely talented, like many members of his family, and he brought the application of high technical skill to his many canvasses depicting charming Dutch townscapes. Peters superb 3D tribute starts at 1:30 scale, progressing to 1:200 at the furthest distance, but does not replicate any specific canvas, but instead captures the atmosphere and local architecture, and he does also paint traditional still life as well as 3D. If I can ever find the time, I would love to do a Victorian London equivalent cabinet model. I don’t know if Jack Nelson ever visited the Netherlands, but if he had….. David Brandreth.
Enjoy yourself over the Christmas break, and explore the work of the romantic painters here..
https://visualelsewhere.wordpress.com/
Neil Podbery has been busy doing some backscene work on a large 7mm scale layout, and it’s looking really good. The more 3D landscaping on exhibition layouts the better, so as soon as I can, I’ll put a picture of the work up here. Here’s some of Neil’s latest output..
A weathering job on a small G.W.R. prairie for Dave Thomas (I presume?) Neil Podbery.
A Ferrari GTO is ‘in the groove’ as it takes the corner in style. The previous entries have left their black marks on the warm tarmac in this scene. I love the summer grass as it contrasts against the shadow and the background tree shadow. Neil Podbery.
Just a few older pics from Bucks Hill I haven’t used yet. I will try to drag Richard Chetland along with his camera to capture any visiting stock after Christmas, when the onset of cabin fever will inevitably result in another running session.
Dean ‘Achilles’ class G.W.R. Single ‘Duke of Connaught’ in early condition, and the lined ‘Monogram’ livery. Richard Chetland.
Jack Anziani’s photogenic Deeley Compound 4-4-0 No 1152 at Ewyas Harold. Original by Richard Chetland.
Victorian G.W.R. mixed train approaches Bucks Hill on the up main.
Jonathan Marcus often sends me interesting snippets and ideas for historic scenes, with the most recent exchange being a re-arranged version of Nine Elms goods depot near Battersea. This time, though he sent through a new addition to his wonderful collection of 7mm stock. It’s a G.W.R Toplight Brake Composite No 7664 in garter livery, fully lined out by Dave Studley. I’m proud to say it has been built from CPL etches and a few details only remain to be finished like the corridor bellows.
CPL Brake composite. Dave Studley
See the quality of the paintwork and lining in this closeup of the garter livery. Dave Studley
Some of the stock for Hadleigh and Bucks Hill was also painted by Dave, and he very kindly sent in some photos along with an order for some transfers. These are well worth a look, and Dave has supplied short descriptions to accompany them, he alternates between South Wales heavy industry in 7mm, and G.W.R. Broad Gauge in 4mm scale, without really getting on with either one because he’s always too busy painting other people’s stuff!
The first one is Dave’s own 7mm scale loco appearing on a board originally intended for a small industrial layout, and it’s a Rhymney Railway 0-6-0 No 6 in their lined green livery built by Mike Edge. Dave Studley
4mm scale Broad gauge bogie clerestory composite No 560, a kit made by Dave and Graham Bone done about 35 years ago. Dave Studley.
Dowlais Iron Company ‘Ehedydd’, a Kitson longboiler 0-6-0ST of 1870, built Mike Edge. Dave Studley.
James Finn took me up on some winter trees, and here they are, accompanied by some excellent examples of his own making on ‘Cairnhill’
A wintry scene at Cairnhill with bare cold trees, a pale grey sky and just a row of opens on a siding. James Finn.
In contrast, a pair of summer trees beside the line, between Aberayon and Chilton.
12th November 2017
Some diorama production work has been undertaken this month, but it’s too soon for any photos. Kevin and I will be doing a set of pics of Aberayon on the 11th of December, along with Chris Nevard, who has recently provided Model Rail Magazine’s editorial staff with a wonderful photographic record of David Bousfields 7mm scale ‘Hadleigh’ for the upcoming issue, (No 243). This will be available at all good newsagents within a few days, and the rest of Chris’s work in capturing the charming model can be seen, along with full descriptive copy and the other usual reviews and layout ideas. The attractive town of Hadleigh lies a little under 10 miles west, and inland from Ipswich and the coastal mouth of the river Orwell in Suffolk, and it was served by a seven and a half mile single tracked railway which opened on 20 August 1847. Two intermediate stations were provided at Capel and Raydon Wood between the terminus, and the junction on the Great Eastern Main Line at Bentley.
A superb overall view of the terminus, looking north over the busy goods shed and maltings. A typical mixed rake of teak G.E.R. carriages is ready to leave, with a Holden S44 0-4-4T as motive power. Original photo by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
In so many locations, old station sites are levelled and just re-developed with generic housing estates, but it’s a credit to the locals that Hadleigh’s delightful terminus station has survived the normal ruthless treatment. The surrounding development of this part of the town’s expansion has been done very sympathetically, and the newly built flats and houses resemble the distinctive old maltings architecture that always formed the backdrop to the terminus.
The line was taken over by the Great Eastern Railway in 1862, and by 1889 there were five trains per day with some working through to Manningtree. Passenger services on the line were to peak in 1920 when the number of passenger services had reached seven per day. Seen from inside the overall timber roof, a Holden S44 class 0-4-4T approaches the buffers. Original photo by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
Dave Thomas’s moody Running Shed Diorama is currently scheduled to appear in Model Rail, but not until issue No 246, so a bit of a wait for that feature. Photo by Dave Thomas.
There’s no telling what kind of feedback I get from random interest blog entries, with some of them obviously generating more interest than others, but this reply took me by surprise, with a couple of pictures sent in by 7mm and full scale enthusiast Nick Dudman. They show the site of a new timber board crossing that he is planning to install at Christow, and the humble Great Western Railway drawing I found is now going to come in handy for the job. Well at least I got the timing right!
The site for the siding board crossing is at bottom left of this view, comfortably clear of the goods platform ramp.
The main line platforms and overbridge can just be seen in the background.
Nick is also working on a model of Christow station, and there is a great website where all the details of this enterprise can be found
This might come in handy for those brave souls who need to check the clearances on their 7mm scale infrastructure, I hope it hasn’t been superseded by a finer scale version
Please do take a copy or print a scale version if you think it will help with your project.
We popped down to Amersham to see the welcome return of ‘Steam on the Met’, and arrived with just enough time to have a look at Metropolitan No 1 and it’s train before it departed. The platform was too busy to frame a decent picture, so I persuaded a lady in Victorian costume to be the subject instead!
Excellent detailed Victorian costume and a period pose adds authenticity. The background is the surviving glazed timber staircase of Amersham’s footbridge.
My model of the same type of staircase, painted in the older colours. No posh glazing at some of the outer Met stations, and some didn’t even have a canopy. A train of teak ‘Dreadnought’ coaches stands in the platform behind. David Lane
A train going the other way in an old photo of a Met footbridge on a sunny day, and the lattice span with its smoke deflector casts a shadow onto the side of the carriage. David Lane
Stuart Holt will be bringing Kyle of Sutherland to Railex 2018, so I’m definitely going to have a look. The details, along with photos of the attending layouts is to be found here
Stuart uses forced perspective in the best way, suggesting depth with a subtle overscale in the foreground, and reduced scale to the background landscape. The relative tree sizes and cooler coloured lighting to the background gently persuade the eye to register distance.
Culrain station from a different angle, with Stanier Black Five No 45473 and a van train passing through.
After years of inactivity, it looks as though my Streamliner is going to be built… amazing! John Clutch of Astoria, Queens, New York runs a company that produce mobility scooters, wheelchairs and accessories, and he has decided to attempt the world speed record for non electrically powered unmanned vehicles, (in other words very large scale radio control)
This is John’s first design outline, and I can’t wait to see it come together. Unmanned cars present different problems, because you don’t need roll cages and safety equipment, and there’s no need to bring any control systems like steering or throttle to the central driving compartment either. The other side is you don’t get any physical feel from the car, so in a way they are harder to predict and remotely drive as well.
The record for electric unmanned is over 200, but it’s less for piston engined attempts. This is my original proposal mockup. It would be good to see and hear the car run with a supercharged Conley miniature Chevrolet V8 on nitromethane fuel.
I couldn’t get to Bucks Hill for the last gathering, as I had to attend a wedding ceremony, so all I can do is put a few spare pictures here from previous events and hope I can get to the next one! I will of course add in any pictures that happen to surface over the next week or so.
Kevin has forwarded me this study from Barry Norman, who recently visited Bucks Hill, and his descriptive copy follows; This inspection engine and saloon was allocated to H. Copperthwaite in 1894 for the ” Engineer Permanent Way Department, Southern Division” of the NER. Both were scratchbuilt from drawings I made, using what drawings I could find and photos. Anyway it’s something different.
Lee Marsh ex L.M.S. Stanier Princess Royal class No 46208 ‘Princess Helena Victoria in British Railways lined blue livery approaches the down main platform at Bucks Hill.
G.W.R. Mogul No 4318 in unlined Brunswick green livery rounds the curve at Kenderchurch with a parcels train on the down main. These were first introduced in 1911, with standard number 4 boilers and frame support struts similar to those fitted to the ‘2800’ class. Barry Norman.
A pair of Bulleid Q1 class austerity 0-6-0s Nos 33040 and 33029 in early B.R. black, wait in the down loop with an ex Southern Railway Queen Mary bogie brake van.
Lee Marsh L.M.S. Stanier Jubliee class No 5593 ‘Kolhapur’ in lined black livery.
The Missenden Abbey modeller’s Spring Weekend is now fully booked I’m reliably informed, and Michelle and I are working with Crecy Publishing to promote ‘Creating a Backscene’ in the U.S.A. through their contacts ‘over there’ like Magrudy’s for instance, and hopefully some good reviews in a number of the many model railroad magazine titles as well.
6th October 2017
A month of catch up work on many projects, but before that, I must confirm the sad loss of Dr Paul Glover, who passed away early last week. Paul was a highly respected figure and will be greatly missed by his family and his many friends. I know that he was keen to get his railway recorded for posterity, so I’m going to take care of that in accordance with his wishes.
Dr Paul concentrating at a recent Bucks Hill running session. It won’t be the same without him.
I attended a very busy demo weekend at the Scaleforum event at Stoke Mandeville stadium. With two six foot tables, I had plenty of space for displays, a diorama and some pictures, including a monitor screen for bringing up reference photos, as well as generating contour panoramas and period maps.
This generic card display backscene is always a handy one to take to demos. It does a good job of explaining layering, reduced scale and 3D progression in relief.
As there were no other scenic demo displays at Scaleforum, I brought some trees along to show the method and sequence of construction, and the simple materials that get the job done. This is Callow Hill Wood, with the hill rising to the left, and the yard sidings in the foreground.
The Missenden Abbey modellers had taken a publicity stand nearly opposite the demo tables, and many of the Spring 2018 weekend course places are already fully booked.
There are many different study areas we can spend time on, including doing scenes from the front of the model as well as the back. This is a finished layout scene from Herefordshire done in progressive scale, using view blockers to compartmentalise a convex curved rear panel.
There is only one more show to attend with CPL this year at Reading’s Rivermead Centre, so I am occupied with some more work to re-stock the stand, and expand the website. I have had a back page added to my comp slip, and added a load of new stuff to the site. There’s always something to be done!
This is one of the CPL vehicles I’ve been concentrating on, as it would make a great tail vehicle for a G.W.R. passenger train of the 1930s. I have been sorting out the right underframe & buffers and some of the pipes and other castings. There is an interesting film clip showing the last slip working at Banbury, with a clear sequence of operation and some good detail shots to help me along.
Richard Kanachowski’s new comp slip back page shows a G.W.R. Toplight and a Southern Railway locomotive screw coupling.
A CPL Corridor Clerestory No 3370.
Here’s a link if you would like to see more CPL news, there are some M,S.W.J.R. & Midland 4mm carriages listed now.
Bob Bunker sent in this picture of this Metropolitan Railway 1200 hp Bo-Bo electric, running on his 7mm scale Hong Kong based garden railway. No 10 ‘William Ewart Gladstone’ worked on the Met for forty years until the modern silver multiple units took over in 1962.
Bob’s Metropolitan Vickers locomotive appears in London Transport’s attractive lined Lake livery, with it’s lovely ‘moderne’ nameplates in the centre panel.
It’s easy to subscribe to the Pendon Museum Newsletter, and then follow the links to their other social media sites like Facebook et al. There are film clips and other reports of progress, courses, children’s education, and the well stocked bookshop where the profits go towards the upkeep of the establishment. Here’s this month’s header picture.
Pendon’s ‘Vale of the White Horse’ landscape occupies a large portion of the museum’s upper storey.
Lee has produced this G.W.R. 2301 Dean Goods 0-6-0 Pilot model and Malcolm Mitchell is working on a few corrections. The locomotive has fully working inside motion and a concealed CNC machined gearbox
Side view and cab detail
I have had a good bit of feedback from putting up a picture of my old car, so here’s another one taken by Peter Guyan. (Skip this paragraph if you’re not into automobiles) This outing had to be abandoned mainly down to bad conditions (rain)
This shows the car up on it’s stand with the starter jump cables plugged in. This is our covered pit area, and it’s in the process of being warmed up by running it in gear for a few minutes, then in direct drive top gear to warm up the rear axle. Crewman Dan Boone is doing the honours, and he will be learning to pilot the car next year.
I found this nice old drawing among a load of folders the other day, so I’ll put it here in case anybody is going to detail model one of those old wooden board crossings. I expect the crossing timbers extended to the platform ramp fencing at either side. Note the thin plank in the ‘four foot’
11th September 2017
Phil has made a superb job of No 5007 Rougemont Castle, and it appears in the diorama, on a low embankment surrounded by wooded countryside. The original locomotive was built at Swindon in June 1927, with a first shed allocation to Plymouth Laira. By the period depicted here, it was to be found at Cardiff Canton from August 1950, and then Swindon in March 1959. The last shed was Gloucester before withdrawal in September 1962.
A front end detail view of our borrowed Telford demonstration loco. Rougemont Castle itself was also known as Exeter Castle, built on a knoll within the city known as red hill, or rouge mont in Norman French, because of the natural red, volcanic rock foundation making the hill, and used in the construction of the original buildings, of which the large early Norman gatehouse is the main remaining feature. It was built into the northern corner of the Roman city walls starting in or shortly after the year 1068.
The last few details have now been finished off at Aberayon and Chilton, and the layout will be photographed using L.M.S. stock. I’ll put a few more pictures here, and the rest can eventually make a gallery including Chris Nevard’s work. This layout has never been published before, so it should create a good bit of interest when the editorial staff at Model Rail Magazine can fit it into their publishing schedule.
Chilton station only has one platform, and is the next stop after the Aberayon terminus. It has a pair of sidings for coal wagons, a small ground frame signal cabin and a level crossing with a connecting bus services. The attractive red brick station building shown here was beautifully made by Carl Legg.
This pair of single decker buses were scratch built for Chilton by Barrie Kelsall. The prototypes were built as 34 seaters in 1930 – 1932 and served the Midland Red until 1950.
L.M.S. bogie compartment stock at Aberayon.
The view looking away from Aberayon has been extended and adapted with a clouded sky to better match the moorland landscape between the terminus and Chilton.
A pair of L.M.S. locomotives rest at the station end of the small shed. The road behind is the single line towards Chilton, with a further set of points leading to the goods shed sidings at a hundred or so scale yards to the left.
Stuart Dodd has been busy, and he sent in this view of No 2938 ‘Corsham Court’.
The loco is built from a Slaters kit, with additional detailing from Hobbyhorse and CPL components in 1951 guise when still in use at Hereford shed, just prior to withdrawal. The loco never was repainted in BR livery, retaining the GW to the end, with only a smokebox number added for BR years and a load of dirt! Tender No 1560 coupled to Corsham Court here, actually ended up behind Foxcote Manor in July 1963 having outlived several locos… fortunately with the exception of Foxcote!
Reservations for Missenden Abbey’s Spring weekend are now open, so keep an eye out for their latest news. I will be doing a demo at the excellent Scaleforum show at Stoke Mandeville Stadium over the 23rd/24th Sept, so by all means stop by for a chat if you would like more info.
The usual suspects make up the tutor list, so it should be another good event. There’s plenty of room to spread out scenic work in the Abbey’s well lit studios and classrooms, and we can discuss any preparation beforehand to maximise the actual course time.
Diorama scenes at Missenden Abbey are only done to a ruling scale where the railway crosses the scene, it changes both in front and behind to help suggest the depth we don’t have room for. This view goes from foreground, to half the scale on the other side of the line.
This is part of the reference for an HO scale diorama quayside layout project by Geraint Hughes, representing a south west aspect as seen from the attractive riverside of the town of Ribe on the Danish coastline. It’s perfect for a forced perspective townscape, with the Cathedral standing against the sky as the very dominant focal landmark.
Some of the front row of HO scale quayside houses in the reference picture.
Ken de Groome is one of the country’s best suppliers of Metropolitan Railway stock, and the latest of the 1922 1200 horsepower Metrovick BO-BO electric locomotive kits happily include a set of CPL couplings. Ken also does the typical varnished teak ‘Dreadnought’ bogie carriages that formed the typical electric locomotive hauled trains south of Rickmansworth.
Here’s a ‘MetroLand’ sepia print of No 2 ‘Oliver Cromwell’ taken from a Barry Norman photograph. These locos were pretty heavy at well over 60 tons, and they would crash and bang over the pointwork as they swapped places with the steam at Rickmansworth. Luckily, Ken is modelling this very scene, and I’m looking forward to that. (I love the Met!)
A few pics from the most recent gathering at Bucks Hill, just with shorty captions…
Fowler 3F ‘jinty’ No 16564 was built at the Vulcan Foundry in 1928 as the latest development of the Midland Johnson six coupled type. Improvements to the 422 strong class included a Belpaire firebox and a larger cab, along with other detail changes. It’s a Jack Anziani build on a down coal empties at Ewyas Harold.
Kevin’s resident JLTRT austerity 2-8-0 No 90040 in the down loop, with a recent weathering job by Fred Lewis of Welsh Wizard loco works. These were all built in a hurry in the mid 40s for the war, and this one was known to be allocated to Woodford Halse on the GC London extension in ’48, and withdrawn in ’65 from Rose Grove Burnley.
Mike Morris is an expert on the welsh valleys engines, and he brought this nearly finished ex-Rhymney 0-6-2T. The white parts and fittings are finely 3D printed.
Un-named Brittania No 70047 passes Bucks Hill loops with a down parcels.
Looking down into the cab of Jack Anziani’s Deeley Compound 4-4-0, which took another spin.
Lee Marsh did his usual trade appearance at Guildex with a lovely stand display. He has been working very hard lately, putting in the hours into probably the most projects on the go at the same time since he started. Here are just a few pics of both old and new projects.
Lee & Kevin kept this a bit of a secret until showtime, and even though this is the prototype, make no mistake, it is amazing to see. I’ll let the picture do the talking, and of course keep an eye out at Lee’s site for the variations, and the reservation arrangements.
Corridor clerestory in late victorian monogram livery at Temple Meads.
A sepiatone version of a Richard Chetland catalog photo, as Dean Achilles class ‘Dreadnought’ passes Bucks Hill forge with a full rake of 6 bogie clerestories and a six wheeled luggage van.
Large Prairie No 4177 is another Richard Chetland pic, in early British Railways lined black, and with a single ex Southern Railway ‘Queen Mary’ brake van.
The Aberayon viaduct job wiped me out of all the darker green scenic scatter variants, and I have a few more in the pipeline, so I managed to sneak briefly away from the stand at Telford to re-stock! I succeeded in getting some and found some good darker shades at Polak. Have a look at their range and see…
The middle of nowhere! a single B.R. railbus pauses at Tollhouse halt. The scenics here are all done with Polak products. Alex O’Donnell.
August 4th 2017
I remembered to bring my camera to Aberayon this trip, so here are a few pictures from my latest day of on-site work. There will be plenty more, hopefully next week, as the work progresses, but I have published a new page in the ‘Finescale Railway models’ page to present a small gallery of views for now, until Chris Nevard captures the layout professionally in a few months.
Part of the 5ft radius return curve, on the single line between Aberayon and Chilton, where an open area of moorland appears behind a cultivated field to the right.
G.W.R. Castle class 4-6-0 No 5045 ‘Earl of Dudley’ rests on one of the turntable roads. The model was built by Peter Silvester/Nigel Smith from a Malcolm Mitchell kit, and weathered by Martyn Welch in 2000.
The return curve features a light stone single track viaduct at it’s right hand side, and we have completely reworked this area of the layout. This view is of a small section of the new 2D backscene which has now been installed, showing an Exmoor farm with gentle moorland beyond, along with the addition of some modelled tree growth on the slopes of the Ayon valley. The L.M.S. Autotrain consists of a Johnson 0-4-4T No 1368, and a driving Trailer No 5214 to L.N.W.R. Diagram 52 of 1914. The locomotive was built by Peter Everton, and the trailer from a North Star Kit by Adrian Rowland painted by Larry Goddard. The signal in the bacgtound is actually the Aberayon down distant.
G.W.R. cabin & existing rural backscene.
The Aberayon end of the viaduct shows a road crossing the Ayon valley in the middle distance, carried by a low level single arch bridge in grey stone, with more Exmoor farm buildings to the right. The resin cast stone pattern viaduct is an original model by Enhance Ecosse ( Elizabeth and the late Richard Chown ) done in 2000. It’s actually based on the structure on the L.N.W.R. Charnwood Forest Line version at Grace Dieu, Leics.
Ex L.N.W.R. 0-8-0 No 9205 rumbles over the viaduct tender first, with a 6 wheeled brake van. The loco is another Peter Everton model, painted and weathered by Alan Brackenborough.
This March 1929 Derby built Fowler 4P-D 2-6-4T is one of a collection of L.M.S. & G.W.R. locomotives that appear at Aberayon. Buffered up to a tender locomotive, it waits to cross the main line, and couple up to its rake of private owner wagons in the goods sidings.
No 2872 will be turned and sent to wait for it’s coal train turn. It’s another model built for Aberayon’s G.W.R. collection by Silvester/Smith in 1998
I haven’t done any backscene demos for a while, because either taking out the CPL stand or promoting the book tend to take precedent, but I will be doing one at Scaleforum in September at the Stoke Mandeville Stadium. If you are thinking of coming along to Missenden Abbey in spring, or you have a scenic project on the go at home, come along and have a chat.
I’ll bring a selection of stuff with me, Dioramas as well as backscenes.
CPL will be going to Reading and Telford, but you can always call if you need anything beforehand. I’m struggling to get the interior carriage mirrors done, but I think there may be a way to do them in 12 thou polished stainless.
W159W rests briefly at Bucks Hill.
Stuart Dodd sent in this picture of his recently finished David Andrews Kit
Stuart has moved from 4mm scale modelling to produce this G.W.R. thoroughbred. No 4092 Dunraven Castle was built in the summer of 1925, and it appears here in the 1950s lined Brunswick green British Railways livery.
July 24th 2017
Work continues on Aberayon, with the moorland panorama fitted in position, and more planting of trees is being seen to, particularly around the sloping valley sides. Smaller sized and colour matched, finely textured growth is being placed behind the light stone arches, and larger outline trees take their places in the foreground. I’ll pop a couple of pics of the scene up here next time I visit.
One of the larger trees that will go in the foreground.
No 3779, an ex Midland Johnson 3F is an Aberayon locomotive, seen here recently trying a heavy coal train at Bucks Hill.
Mike Harris has suggested that the publication will soon be sporting a few design changes, so I don’t know if this logo is still current. In any event, the upcoming townscape backscene article might now be separated into two parts so as not to lose too much content.
Chris Nevard has paid a visit to Andrew Cowie, and produced two sets of photos for Model Rail, and they are very good. Andrew is an accomplished scratchbuilder in 7mm scale and studies the locomotives and stock of the Midland and South Western Junction Railway Company. The first set captures some of his work on an excellent two level M.S.W.J.R. diorama which is pictured below.
Andrew’s M.S.W.J.R. diorama makes the perfect setting for his interesting Pre-grouping collection.
One of Andrew’s scratchbuilt locomotives, M.S.W.J.R. No 5, a Beyer Peacock 2-4-0T made at the famous Gorton works. It does bear quite a family resemblance to the Metropolitan Railway A class 4-4-0Ts of the 1870s, but obviously without the inclined outside cylinder front end and short wheelbase Bissell truck.
A second photo set has also been taken, featuring a pair of late Victorian G.W.R. locomotives, posed in Andrew’s Sydney Gardens diorama. A Lee Marsh ‘Achilles’ class 4-2-2 No 3001 ‘Amazon’, and an 0-6-0ST No 997 are included with appropriate stock. Do please keep an eye out for these, if you are a fan of the mid G.W.R period, as they will both be appearing in a Model Rail publication with informative captions and copy, although I’m not quite sure when this will be.
Sydney Gardens diorama.
There is a lot of activity at both Missenden Abbey and Pendon Museum this year, so do be sure to keep an eye on the packed schedules of specialist courses and new exhibits.
The ‘Chequers Inn’ has recently arrived at Pendon, and will be placed in the Vale scene. It is the work of Jane Britton, from a survey and photos of the actual building in Charney Bassett.
Locomotive building classes at Missenden Abbey are quite sought after in all scales, and the places do fill up quickly. Chassis and soldering, Kit building and DCC are all covered by knowledgeable tutors. One of Kevin Wilson’s 7mm scale G.W.R. locomotives is seen here as an example, built from from a Martin Finney kit. Running bunker first, the 2-8-0T rounds a curve at Kenderchurch near Bucks Hill with a train of flat wagons. Original by Barry Norman.
Missenden Abbey Modellers home page
In a month or so, I will be popping over to see the work of Pat Humphrys, who often attends the Missenden events. He has sent in a picture of his G.W.R. station, and we can take a look at some of the ground cover, and scenic breaks for the new layout.
Coming along nicely, Pat’s 7mm building from the platform side.
Lee Marsh is very busy with new projects, so there will be plenty to look forward to over the next few months, leading up to Guildex. These can be viewed and reserved by using the link below.
The Maunsell ‘Lord Nelson’ class, along with many other Southern locomotives had large capacity tenders because of the lack of water troughs. This is one eye level view of the 3D file (as the basis for the component parts), or in other words, a tender render! Lee Marsh Model Co.
Stuart Holt has posted a new angle of the tree screen at Kyle of Sutherland on his excellent blog, and this B/W thumbnail version shows No 54495 between the platforms. See the link to catch up with progress.
Clean P4 Pickersgill 4-4-0 in late British Railways livery. Culrain station’s waiting hut appears to the left, and the train stands beneath the lattice footbridge to the right.
I have a few photos from the most recent gathering to add to Kevin’s
I can include some locomotive portraits here for interest, mainly of visiting, or recently completed builds, but the full set will have to go into Kevin’s gallery pages
Jack Anziani has finished this lovely ex Midland Railway Deeley compound 4-4-0. This is his thirteenth locomotive in as little as three years, so I’m quite looking forward to the next three!
This Wisbech & Upwell L.N.E.R. Worsdell J70 class tramway locomotive looked good on the single line. A long way from Ipswich and the fens!
Kevin Robertson’s G.W.R. Dean Goods No 2516 in monogram livery on a down coal train at Ewyas Harold.
Kevin Robertson also brought along this scratchbuilt Bullied ‘Leader’ No 36001, seen here with an M.O.K. Q1 class 0-6-0 No 33029 in the down loop.
Resident G.W.R. Mogul No 4318 with brown stock.
June 28th 2017
A panoramic backscene has now been painted and cut to shape, ready to be fitted in position behind the end curve of the scenic 7mm Aberayon G.W.R./ L.M.S loft layout. A batch of matching trees have been done for the valley sides
This open moorland needs a little more work, and a scale hedgerow in the foreground, as it appears behind the curving single line. By this point, the trains heading away from the station have crossed over the wooded Ayon valley on a graceful light stone arched viaduct. Since this picture was taken, the sky base colour to the left has had it’s windy clouds added in.
This view appears in the middle distance, looking south above the viaduct parapet. It’s not extreme open moorland, there are areas of woodland and some areas of unfenced natural gorse and heather to the south east.
The Ayon valley section naturally appears behind the viaduct’s central arches, and it shows a single arch narrow road bridge in the middle distance, with farm buildings along the lane to the south west.
I have done some more edited versions from Tony Wright’s excellent photo session at Kevin Robertson’s ‘Abingdon’, so I’ll put a few of them here….
Dean 0-6-0 ready to leave.
Grounded coach body with 57xx Pannier shunting a van.
Auto train and dozens of milk churns taking up the platform.
Lovely rear three quarter view of the tender goods engine in panelled monogram livery.
Lawrie Loveless has produced a detailed 7mm scale model of Victoria bridge based on the preserved structure carrying the single line Severn Valley Railway over the river near Arley. The arches and abutments can be configured as single, or double line width, as the Albert Edward bridge, and it might make a nice subject for a diorama, with the thickly wooded valley as a backdrop, seating it realistically into the landscape.
All the relevant information about reserving one of these can be found at…
A 7mm scale Gresley P2 No 2007 lends scale to the beautiful bridge, with it’s gentle iron arch and balanced proportions.
The detail can be seen in this view under the deck of the Albert Edward version.
The name, date and makers plates are framed here in this ‘mid stream’ view of the underside.
The next article for Model Rail magazine has now been submitted, and it’s a bit longer than the previous introduction, so we’ll see whether it needs editing down a bit….. or a lot!
The article looks at the differences between scale height viewpoints (like this scene) that buildings are usually seen from, and the much higher typical overview over the rooftops of modelled townscapes. It does make a big difference when you need to work out your backscene because you can see much further away from higher up.
I am a little late posting this month, and this year’s Missenden Abbey Summer Retreat course is now fully booked. The Autumn weekend has a few spaces, but with only possible cancellations remaining for some study areas.
Contact Missenden Abbey Modellers for enquiries, or navigate the other pages of the site from there. There are always new modelling directions being investigated, with traditional architectural modelling in popular scales and CAD work as well.
A G.W.R diorama using 3D CAD design components, scanned from original bow pen on linen drawings. Many different areas of modelling are now being covered by the Missenden Abbey courses, as technologies previously used in commercial manufacturing are adapted to all scales of railway modelling.
I only have a few recently tweaked photographs due to holidays and other time commitments.
A Yorkshire Engine Co ‘G’ class 0-6-4T passes the other way with private owner open wagons and a Met brake van.
Lee Marsh Stanier Jubilee No 5593 ‘Kolhapur emerges from a modified Skytrex resin cast tunnel mouth on a diorama.
The same Jubilee at Bucks Hill, now weathered.
Bucks Hill resident G.W.R. 2-8-0T No 4208 takes a flat train west along the down main.
An unusual high view over Ewyas Harold curve to the west of Bucks Hill as G.W.R. 4-4-0 No 3405 ‘Mauritius passes beneath with a parcels working.
May 21st 2017
Model Rail 236 has been out for a while, released just before we took a trip abroad in fact, so with that and dragster commitments, I haven’t had time to catch up lately. It has all the usual great content and a small 3 page backscene intro as part of their Workbench section. Usual thanks go to Mike Harris and the MR editorial staff.
There will be a slightly more in-depth follow up in MR 238 with a look at doing townscapes, so I’m getting that one ready now. A four hour photo session has recently been undertaken by Chris Nevard at David Bousfield’s excellent ‘Hadleigh’ layout depicting the Suffolk market town’s G.E.R. terminus in 7mm scale, with its fine scratchbuilt stock and prototypical goods handling. I must re-visit this layout soon to explore some 3D backscene work to landscape the open section of line to the east, as it approaches its destination.
Dave Thomas is now attending shows with his diorama which is a great idea, and it has an infinitely variable lighting set-up for flexibility. He sent in some pictures, but I’m not sure when it’s scheduled for Model Rail publication. The backscene now has even more 3D detail added including super detailed loco coal wagons silhouetted on the incline, and a longer road has been laid for a queue of engines awaiting their turn at the coaling stage just outside.
This view is from Chris Nevard’s forthcoming ‘Model Rail’ magazine set, showing part of Dave’s superb 7mm G.W.R. loco collection at rest. The shots are taken from a variety of different angles inside the shed, and one cleverly shows the backscene through the windows. Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine.
The crew of No 4937 ‘Laneley Hall’ check the duty roster. Photo by Dave Thomas
The collection of Neil Podbery weathered locomotives is growing, and this has a wonderful ‘grimy’ look to it ….touch anything in view and your hands will be black! Photo by Dave Thomas
Andy Stadden now has a blog page, so we can keep up with the latest progress..
There has been some interest in the Dean Single Crews, but they do differ with the four and six coupled Dean/Armstrong era cabs because of the panelling inside to accommodate the larger wheel diameters. Always send a mock up cab with all details to ensure a good crew fit.
7mm scale figures at Sydney Gardens.
and 4mm scale at Semley. Photo by Philip Hall.
My friend and trusted publishing advisor Kevin Robertson sent me a book review in ‘Scalefour News’ by Pete Sutherland, who took a great deal of trouble to explain the content so thanks very much for the nod. Kevin also attended a recent gathering at Bucks Hill and brought a few locomotives from his collection. A few pics from my camera follow here, some with rather some short captions I’m afraid.
This scratchbuilt & pristine original ‘King Henry V1’ got quite a bit of interest, partly because it has a small makers plate soldered on perfectly straight under the cab floor which reads ‘Maker J.S.Beeson Ringwood Hants.
This Masterpiece Models G.W.R. ‘Saint’ class 4-6-0 bears Kevin’s family name, and it took a 1920s rake on a down train.
Resident Dean ‘3232’ class 2-4-0 waits to back onto a short van train in the yard headshunt.
Illuminated interior of one of the new resident rake of Lee Marsh Clerestoried G.W.R. carriages.
A double framed G.W.R. 4-4-0 heads east, past Ewyas Harold, with four and six wheeled stock
Phil Gomm’s recently built B.R. standard mogul No 76052 took a goods train on the up main.
Nigel Smith brought several locos along for testing, including this excellent and sure footed ex G.W.R. 73xx mogul no 7310. Here it manages one of the longest rakes of open wagons round the down line.
A few unrebuilt Bullied West country class pacifics tried out, including Graham Murton’s No 34011 ‘Tavistock in late B.R, Brunswick green livery.
This single chimney ‘King’ No 6015 ‘King Richard III’ was scratchbuilt over fifty years ago by Mike Brierley (Stirling Moss’ Mechanic for a time), and has been left original other than a modern DCC control chip.
Nigel Smith is sorting this Martin Finney Southern 4-4-0 for Jonathan Marcus with just a little more adhesion weight. The kit was made and painted by the talented Chris Wesson.
A few other pictures from other layouts and projects follow now, and I am lucky to have a few frames from Kevin Robertson’s 7mm ‘Abingdon’ terminus model to start with…
There’s a great feeling of space in these views of the Oxfordshire branch line terminus. A G.W.R. Auto train is seen here at the platform end. The layout is in storage at the moment, but will hopefully be assembled soon for another photography session. Photo by Tony Wright.
The local service approaches the station, passing under the road bridge and alongside the buffer stops of the yard headshunt. Photo by Tony Wright.
Goods yard with opens, ‘Toad’ brake van and a touring car on the platform. Photo by Tony Wright.
A tender engine shunts a mixed goods in the Abingdon yard. Photo by Tony Wright.
A birds eye view of a scene with long shadows on Paul Ash’s ‘Stanton’ rural diorama.
Another lovely scenic corner of Culrain station’s surroundings on Stuart Holt’s ‘Kyle of Sutherland’ 4mm scale layout, with a very understated hand painted summer sky.
Rail/Road L.M.S. Branch line bus on Jack Anziani’s Westcott. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail.
Fowler tender detail at Westcott. Photo by Richard Chetland.
April 25th 2017
Model Railway Journal’s issue No 254 is out, edited by Gerry Beale, and it includes an excellent photographic tour of Martin Finney’s P4 model of ‘Semley for Shaftesbury’. The photography has been done by Philip Hall, Peter Swift, Gordon Gravett and Mike Baker, with some views in the eighteen page feature also taken by Martin.
If you do like studying top quality scale models of the pre-grouping era, I suggest that it might be a good issue to see, and my thanks go to Gerry and Martin, who have included reference to the backscene’s detailing in appropriate captions as the tour progresses along the model from the western end along to the eastern scenic break at occupation bridge No 296.
Here are a few more versions of Semley from slightly different angles, and I understand there has been some very good feedback on the feature.
A sepia view of the western end of the station in 1912, with the buildings of the Salisbury, Semley & Gillingham Dairy to the left. The railway crossed the northern part of the parish as it followed the River Sem past the village to turn south-west. It was opened at the point where it crossed the Warminster to Shaftesbury road, and the buildings were accessed by a new road (just behind the wooden fencing in the centre of the picture), which ran along the north side of the railway, linking the Warminster road with the minor lane leading west into Shaftesbury from Semley church, crossing over the railway just beyond the platforms at Bridge 267. The Railway Hotel, north of Station Road, was opened in 1865 (in the same year as the railway arrived), and the late 19th-century house visible to the east of it became part of the expanding dairy.
The last of the ten stylish Drummond T14 class ‘Paddlebox’ 4-6-0s No 462 heads a down train past Semley’s small coal yard, and is about to pass under the brick arch of Bridge 267 which carries the minor road in the background from the village towards the bottom of the steep hill up into Shaftesbury.
In 1911 there were still three Coal & Coke merchants in Semley, working presumably from the station. James Wescott & Sons office appears in the extreme right of this view, with a Midland Railway van and a car blocking Station Road just behind the gate. Semley lies within the Wiltshire butter country, and its clay soils provide extensive pasture with only a small proportion of arable land. Small dairy farms did remain characteristic of the parish in the late 19th century but by 1912, many of the smaller holdings had been merged into larger farms. Whitebridge farm (to the left of this view), was sold in 1865, becoming part of the lands of Walter Shaw-Stewart, receiving a new farmstead and additional buildings designed for cheese-making. Photo by Dave Thomas.
A few new pictures are being added to my updated homepage slideshow, so I have asked Phil Barnett to sort this out for me as I don’t have the editing knowhow.
A version of one of the Chris Nevard Model Rail feature pics of Terminus. It’s a slightly higher viewpoint than the previous pic, showing a Jubilee at the buffers of Platform 1
There might be a few clashes this year between Bucks Hill gatherings, and testing the dragster at Santa Pod Raceway, but I will of course attend as many as possible, dragging Richard Chetland along as usual with his trusty camera.
James Aitken brought this ex London Chatham & Dover Railway ‘T’ class locomotive along. The 0-6-0T was built at Longhedge works in the 1880s, passing to the South Eastern and Chatham railway in 1899 before being taken into the Southern Railway stud at the grouping. Richard Chetland.
Ex G.W.R. Churchward 2-6-0 No 5377 was built at Swindon in August 1919, and by the early British Railways period was a resident of 85C Hereford shed. Here it heads a train of coal empties past Ewyas Harold on the up main. Richard Chetland.
Collett 0-4-2T No 5818 ran branch line trains up and down the Golden Valley line until its eventual closure. The loco was built in August 1933, arriving for work at Pontypool Road few months later. The main lines are in the foreground in this view, and the trackbed of the branch diverts away a few yards to the north east of the signal box. It then rounded a curve at Kenderchurch to pass its own tiny corrugated sheet engine shed, with the next station being Abbeydore a little over two miles to the north west. Here, a typical hourly passenger service leaves for Hay-on Wye, with it’s junction onto the Hereford to Brecon line. Richard Chetland.
A Churchward 28xx class stays on the down main at Kenderchurch with a rake of coal empties. No 2862 is shown here as externally unchanged since its 1912 build date, retaining the inside steam pipe arrangement and the early cab without any side windows. Almost without exception, these were paired with 3500 gallon tenders. The locomotive has just crossed the facing point into the goods loop visible in the foreground, with the smokebox just obscuring the buffers of the yard headshunt alongside the retaining wall of the cutting. Richard Chetland.
Lee is doing a second run of the beautiful Diagram D20 Brake Third bogie carriages. These will have many features, such as interior compartments with accurate buttoned seats, luggage racks, mirrors, over-seat illustrations, period no-smoking signs and internal lighting. Ball races in each wheel set, as well as fully detailed roofs and underframes. No 2054 has the 1898 livery, but the later schemes are also available. Richard Chetland.
An article dealing with the planning and allowance for a layered townscape is in the works for Model Rail Magazine. We can use some of Chris Nevard’s Westcott photography as examples, and I’ll do a few sketches as well.
A townscape at Westcott, done in multiple relief layers.
A village using a combination of painted work and collage at Whitchurch Road. David Lane.
April 5th 2017
Model Rail’s issue 233 has a detailed article on Geoff Williams ‘Aylesbury High Street’ in EM gauge, courtesy of the Princes Risborough MC. It really was a careful team restoration job on this rather than a rebuild, and I believe it is the only published colour feature of this excellent model. The original appearance has been captured with top quality Chris Nevard photography and Mike Harris’s researched copy describes the story, method and local history.
It could do with a higher horizon line really, but this was a restoration job rather than a new project. A valuable 4mm scale study of the eastern side of Aylesbury as it appeared a century ago. Original by Chris Nevard.
Mike and Chris have now looked over a backscene article that will soon be designed and illustrated for Model Rail. It covers some guidelines and planning benefits for any modellers who might be looking to do some landscape work on their projects.
A different view of Stuart Holt’s Culrain model appears in the MR article. This excellent prototypical P4 exhibition layout uses forced perspective elements, with overscale trees and other landscape elements as front scene view blockers in the scenic area between the viewpoint and the rails, with reduced scale modelling and painting apparent behind. The screen of trees and lovely hand rendered summer sky appear with other views of the layout in Stuart’s blog, and a monotone version of this pic forms part of a single page feature in a recent Model Railway Journal.
To follow the progress of Stuart’s work, visit ‘Kyle of Sutherland’
A follow up sequenced article on 3D layered townscapes in will follow in a subsequent issue of Model Rail with some mention of space allowance, plotting to horizon, seeking reference and actually making an urban scene.
I recently spoke to Gerry Beale, who mentioned that Martin Finney’s P4 ‘Semley’ would be appearing with an illustrated article in the next MRJ so I’m looking forward to that … certainly one of my favourites!
This is a sepia version of a previous Semley MRJ feature, and although some of the scenic work was still in progress at the time, it still looks stunning. This elegant L.S.W.R. Drummond C8 class 4-4-0 was built in the June of 1898 at Nine Elms works, and is seen here on an up train leaving Semley for Shaftesbury station in 1912. Original by Barry Norman.
Some more work has been done on the Snow Hill diorama, mostly by Richard Chetland, so here are a few pictures and a great 30 second animation. The roof components are only outlined at this stage, still requiring their detail work, but it does give a good idea of the structure.
Roof truss from original G.W.R. elevation drawing.
Snow Hill’s truss roof actually tapered because of the track layout, but you can see the middle section here, where the four centre roads were present between the support column rows. Richard Chetland.
We now have a vector guide artwork drawn up for the Swindon long shop, and it should give us a repeating wall section for G.W.R. locomotive portrait dioramas.
Swindon J shop guide artwork
The windows are done too, and it can be done on the Princes Risborough MC laser cutter. I can do all the surface and roof just as scratchbuilt one-off work.
The club’s ‘Aylesbury Town’ 4mm model will benefit from the very accurate laser cut machine, and the locomotive shed is done now. It’s progressing well so here are a couple of image files of the station building elevations sent by David Lane.
Platform elevation with canopy trusses
Plan view with interior detail. The architectural detail can be overlaid directly from the surviving building. No substitute for good reference!
This box van was built using some laser cut components by James Aitken who came along to Bucks Hill.
Southern Railway 12T Box van No49536 has an uneven plank timber body plotted on a laser cutter, with 3D printed underframe and running gear components.
The most recent gathering at Bucks Hill was the largest so far by number of participants and we couldn’t record all the marvellous visiting engines, but here are a few of them, with as much info as I could find.
In early B.R. Green livery, Stanier Coronation class pacific No 46237 ‘City of Bristol’ heads a down train. (The locomotive was finished at Crewe in August 1939, with streamlined casing). Richard Chetland.
‘La France’ heads an up train through the platforms. Richard Chetland.
The crew of ex L.M.S. Fowler ‘Patriot’ No 45509 are caught by Richard Chetland’s camera as the 4-6-0 passes Ewyas Harold with a van train. The work stained loco bears the ‘Derbyshire Yeomanry’ nameplate, which it acquired as late as 1951. The makers plate reads Crewe Works 1932, and it would have been shedded at Newton Heath.
Nigel Smith’s Peckett 0-4-0ST takes a break from shunting the sidings, and waits to return back up the Golden Valley branch line as far as the next stop at Abbeydore.
Richard Abbey brought this lovely Cambrian Railways large Belpaire 4-4-0 No 98 built by Stephenson & Co in 1904. (The batch of 5 were actually the last new locos purchased by the Cambrian) The model was scratch built, then painted and lined by Bob Buckland. The first carriage is a Cambrian Railways 45′ non corridor Lug/Lav/Tri composite No 283. The model was built by Peter Dawson using Trevor Charlton sides and painted by Dave Studley.
The second carriage is a Cambrian Railways 6-wheel Family Saloon No 263. This one also built by Peter Dawson using Trevor Charlton sides and painted by Dave Studley. Richard Chetland.
G.W.R. Lee Marsh clerestory No 3134. Richard Chetland.
The final carriage of this train is a G.W.R. 4 wheel full brake built by Richard Abbey from a Slaters kit, but painted and lined by Ian Rathbone.
Simon George is working on his Heaton Lodge layout, and he is currently lowering the support trestle heights. Once that is done, we can set the backscene horizon and get busy with the rear panel & 3D frames. Here are a couple of pictures of Norman Saunders’ trackwork detail as far as the points for the junction with the Huddersfield line.
There is some work to be undertaken on Dr Paul Glover’s Aberayon loft layout before the photo session for Model Rail takes place, with an Exmoor panorama to be added, along with other scenic work and some foliage and tree cover.
I have some reference supplied for this one, and it will be a gentle moorland panorama, probably looking inland.
The landscape will provide a background for the trains as they cross the viaduct, a little over a scale quarter of a mile from the terminus station.
March 14th 2017
I don’t normally include non railway stuff, but I have updated the menu’s ‘personal…vehicles’ page with a few new photos. If you happen to like old cars as well as scale models, by all means have a quick look.
American Pie’s 224″ moly steel tube chassis now has a stroked and bored Chrysler Hemi. It burns methanol fuel, supplied by an old Hilborn 8 stack injector from the 1960s.
The Spring Weekend at Missenden Abbey went well us usual, with a different studio to work in this time. Six enrolled for Scenery and Dioramas, with all participants wishing to pursue their own specific projects as test panels and 3D mockups
I’ll list them here in no particular order so you can see the variety of subject matter that gets covered.
A window diorama space mockup of Paddington’s Platform 1 around the 1920s.
A trial 3D backscene section for a 2mm club layout of Hawes Junction
A scenic 2mm scale layout with scratchbuilt timber trestle & rock face.
Backscene trial section of the proposed Dartmouth Branch in the Broad Gauge era.
A diorama with viaduct, industry and 3D view of Smethwick in the Edwardian era.
A scenic 3D backscene trial section of a branch line looking North near Olney.
For the first time, I brought a computer terminal along, and we were able to directly look up the contouring for each location using Generate a Panorama….
Speaking of which….. the April 2017 issue of Railway Modeller is now on sale, and as part of the content, a two page guide to digital contouring is published using a south western view over Little Town, in the Newlands area of Cumbria as an example. Thanks go to Steve, Tim and the editorial staff for including it in an issue packed with in-depth layout features, and product reviews. An independent review of ‘Creating a Backscene’ also appears on P352, and for a future issue, I can do a few notes on choosing and painting skies from reference.
The book has now reached No 3 on Amazon’s Model Railway category ‘best seller’ listing….. Very cool indeed.
The April 2017 issue (above) is packed with content, with a mention of Capability Brown’s landscaping genius in the comment section!
Unusually, Kevin Wilson took the 7mm scale locomotive construction class at Missenden Abbey in the Spring. Normally he does the Autumn weekend, but they changed it about. 67 modellers is now too many for the Abbey accommodation, but the local B&Bs are fine. Visit the home page for details of the forthcoming events.
Bookings are now being taken for the Summer retreat, with six days of relaxed modelling from 30th July to 6th August. The course subjects are all detailed on the website, with locomotive painting and weathering as some of the most popular classes.
Ian Rathbone repainted this Peppercorn A1 pacific ‘North British’ in the fully lined Pre-grouping colours of the N.B.R. passenger livery. There were a few other variants, and maybe it will give the ‘Tornado’ project ideas!
A few monotone portraits of Bucks Hill locomotives by Kevin.
Dean 2-4-0 No3242 passes a 517 class 0-4-2T shunting the small goods yard. Original by Chris Nevard.
Double framed 4-4-0 No 3331 ‘Pegasus’ takes an up engineering train past Ewyas Harold on the up main. Original by Chris Nevard.
Chris Nevard has done a truly brilliant photo session of some of Dave Thomas’s collection in his ‘Running Shed’ terminus window diorama for Model Rail Magazine. I can’t show them yet but they show the collection in situ, and the hinged mirrored doors and 3D backscene visually extend the surroundings in all directions. It may be that they appear in a compendium issue instead of a monthly, we’ll see.
The Shed cabinet now has dimmable lighting for both interior and exterior.
Since I took these blurry old pictures, a few details have been added, including finely made TT gauge wagons on the Backscene, and 4mm scale locomotives in a queue for the red brick coaling stage outside.
Another proposed photo set by Chris is series of portraits within a Sydney Gardens wall diorama.
Lee Marsh Jubilee No 5593 ‘Kolhapur’. The original was built by the North British Locomotive Company of Glasgow in 1934, and here it uses the decorative retaining wall at Sydney Gardens as a photo backdrop.
A section of exterior wall is on the cards for a locomotive display diorama of the old Swindon works ‘J’ shop which was the iron foundry. The drawing is a modern elevation, kindly supplied by the architects of the site’s current owners, Mcarthur Glen.
With mirrors to visually extend the wall, this will make a classic location for a G.W.R. locomotive portrait. It should have a sound track with all the shouting, crashing and banging noises from inside the works!
Jack Anziani has made a really high quality Midland Railway Deeley compound 4-4-0, and when it’s painted, I’ll persuade Richard Chetland to get a few pictures of it at Bucks Hill. In the meantime, here are a few slightly different versions of some of Jack’s collection. I do still have a set of captioned pictures to add into the Westcott section.
Webb 0-6-2T No 6919 waits for the single line at Westcott. The 2P-F locomotive was built at Crewe in 1901. Original by Chris Nevard.
There will eventually be a pair of these , and I’m looking forward to seeing them double heading at Bucks Hill. Original by Chris Nevard.
Patriot No 5501 ‘St Dunstans’ was one of the first examples to be rebuilt from ‘Claughton’ components in 1930. The large diameter driving wheel bosses are clearly visible from the original locomotive, and the engine was originally No 5902 ‘Sir Frank Ree’.
February 14th 2017
Quite a bit of activity lately, and lots of running about to keep up with it all.
Model Rail Magazine No 232 is now on the shelves with a branch terminus theme, and a very good feature on Jack Anziani’s ‘Westcott’. If you are a fan of the layout, as I am, you will find that Chris Nevard’s brilliant photo session and Mike Harris detailed copy have done it proud. There is a competition to win a ‘Creating a Backscene’ volume alongside as well.
Some slightly different versions from the feature follow here…
Ex L.N.W.R. Bowen-Cooke ‘George the Fifth” class 4-4-0 No 25348 ‘Coronation’ leaves Westcott’s bay platform. Original by Chris Nevard
This particular locomotive can be seen in a Pathe newsreel here
L.M.S. Fowler 3F 0-6-0T No16582 was built by Vulcan Foundry in 1928, and it’s seen here alongside Westcott’s single road shed. Notice the clarity of the distance detail in this study. Original by Chris Nevard.
The subscription link is here:
There are some great features coming up in the next few months, including another set covering the significant Geoff Williams ‘Aylesbury High Street’ EM gauge layout recently restored to working order by the talented and dedicated team at the Princes Risborough MRC.
That leads neatly on to the forthcoming Railex 2017 finescale exhibition at the Stoke Mandeville Stadium in May. It’s organised by David Lane and the Princes Risborough club, and as usual, the layout list is absolutely top quality. Details can be found at the link below, and it also encourages a download and possible print of the poster.
We will be there with CPL, hopefully alongside Bill Hudson books, so come along and say hello.
It looks as if this event will be the last exhibition outing for Gordon & Maggie Gravett’s Reseau Breton based ‘Pempoul’. In this portrait, E415 is seen resting alongside the water riser.
There are plans to do a full photo feature on Dr Paul Glover’s Aberayon & Chilton re-visited 7mm loft layout, which hasn’t been seen in print before. The collection is well worth a look, and is always operated prototypically. Here are a couple of thumbnail views just to provide a preview. Part of the layout includes work by Kevin Wilson, with some fine work also contributed by the late Carl Legg.
There is a possibility of either a G.W.R. or an L.M.S. domain, so we’ll see what turns out to be the decision. In this view, an open cab pannier 0-6-0T heads a branch line train composed of 3 Lee Marsh clerestory corridor coaches.
Richard Chetland has done another photo shoot at Bucks Hill, partly to get some images recorded for the new Lee Marsh Model Co catalogue. It turned out to be a good opportunity to leave the lighting in place and take some pictures of visiting locomotives as well as Kevin’s newly painted De-Glehn Atlantic. Here are a few of them, with a number of others to be added to Kevin’s site soon. If you would like Richard to take some photographs of your layout or do portraits of your collection, just contact me using the form on this site or just E-mail me at:
Every detail of G.W.R. De-Glehn compound No 102 ‘La France is present, and it wears the early lined black livery, rendered by Alan Brackenborough. The Kevin built M.O.K. kit is absolutely stunning, just needing coal and crew to finish, and it’s seen at Ewyas Harold, heading a set of five Lee Marsh clerestory coaches forming an up train. It’s rare to see a combination better than this, so I’m forwarding the other Richard Chetland pictures to Kevin just for the record.
This L.N.W.R. George Whale ‘Experiment’ class 4-6-0 was built at Crewe in 1905 as an extended version of the Precursor class 4-4-0s. This one is the second of 105 members of the class, No 306 ‘Autocrat’. It needs a bit of work, so Mike Morris is going to sort out a few running problems. Richard Chetland.
Ian Rathbone tried out this late BR liveried ‘Schools’ class Maunsell 4-4-0 ‘Repton’ Richard Chetland
Kevin’s M.O.K. ‘King Arthur’ class N15 No 30740 ‘Merlin’ has lightly weathered early BR brunswick green livery. The locomotive was built at the L.S.W.R. works at Eastleigh in 1919 and it heads a train of G.W.R.brown stock on a down train. Richard Chetland
There are a number of other recent visitors and new builds to be added to Kevin’s site over the next few days
Paul Ash sent in a couple of photos of Stanton his rural G.W.R. branch line diorama layout. The open landscape surrounding this lovely scene is just the ticket, and a few distant trees stand against the sky in perfect balance. An excellent scene, so looking forward to seeing more of this.
The subtle painted sky has light, layered clouds, and a coppice stands against the distant skyline. Paul Ash
January 27th 2017
Issue No 232 comes out soon, and it will feature Jack Anziani’s ‘Westcott’ layout, among other things. The photos have been done by Chris Nevard, and another view appears in Model Rail’s layout gallery.
Mike Harris has kindly allowed me to preview this one before he sends me the cover design. Hopefully I will also be contributing a short guide on generating reduced scale backscene elements for a following issue, and some easily produced relief modelling can be seen in this study of the small terminus set in its urban environment.
This is one of my favourite views of Westcott because it’s uncluttered, and this particular feature portrays the branch line as it looked in the early days of the L.M.S.R. The local passenger train has an ex L.N.W.R. Webb 0-6-2T, which was built at Crewe in 1901. Chris Nevard.
Westcott’s weighbridge office. Richard Chetland
In addition to the magazine feature, there will soon be a gallery type feature on ‘Let’s go Loco’. A set of selected pictures from around the layout have been done by Richard Chetland, with captions written by Jack, and a few different versions of these are now added to the Westcott section of this site.
G.W.R. 517 class 0-4-2T No1430 running around the station loop. The engine was built by Malcolm Mitchell from his own kit and painted/lined in early livery with Indian red frames by Alan Brackenborough. The station building is based on St Alban’s LNWR branch but without the track covering canopy. It was made by Peter Smith of Kirtley Models, who also built Westcott’s engine shed. Richard Chetland.
Ex L.N.W.R. ‘Jumbo’ as LMS no 5005 ‘Pitt’ built by Jack from a Mercian kit sitting outside Westcott engine shed for coaling and water. There is another Jumbo to be built so that they can double head as they often did in service during pre-grouping days. Richard Chetland.
There is also a possibility that the excellent ‘Hadleigh’ (A Great Eastern Railway terminus as seen in Suffolk in 1911) might be the subject of a future article, as well as some of Andrew Cowie’s work, possibly using a Sydney Gardens diorama as a set.
A G.E.R. Horse drawn wagon at Hadleigh Station yard. The 7mm scale model was painted by Dave Studley.
A Lee Marsh Model Co, G.W.R. Dean ‘Achilles’ class 4-2-2 ‘Dreadnought’ and it’s passenger train at Andrew Cowie’s Sydney Gardens. The locomotive retains the elegant low pitched, parallel boiler and complimentary round topped firebox, and it appears in panel lined Brunswick green ‘Monogram’ livery with indian red frames and bogie.
Lee has been busy as usual, and the British Railways Riddles 9F looks amazing. Maybe we’ll see one at Heaton Lodge on a preservation special!
This pristine ‘Evening Star’ has a very high detail level, not forgetting the ‘Swindon’ copper capped double chimney. Lee Marsh.
A few cancellations have now allowed four places to be reserved at the Spring Weekend, and whilst writing this, I will insert a quiet nudge to remind the registered participants to return your forms using the link below by Sunday 19th February, three weeks hence. Thank you for those already returned.
Missenden Abbey Modellers link
I am pleased to welcome the first ever lady participant to register at the Abbey, which is a good thing for the backscene class and it will hopefully encourage the others to behave themselves and make my life easier!
Stuart Holt sometimes comes along to do backscene planning and diorama work at Missenden, but unfortunately he can’t make this years class. He did send me some views of one of his projects ‘Kyle of Sutherland’ though.
A view of Stuart’s 4mm scale Culrain Station with his hand painted clouded sky rear panel.
The road climbs slightly as it curves away from the station and out of sight behind the view blocking trees to the left. A really atmospheric summer scene, with subtle scenic colours, excellent foliage study and another hand rendered sky with a perfectly matched rising contour to the right.
We attended the BOGG show at the U.W.E. at Bristol with the CPL trade stand and it certainly was a busy day. Alongside us were the good folks at Crecy Publishing, who brought some more copies of ‘Creating a Backscene’ with them. The sales numbers have now reached a thousand volumes, which is far above my 350 guess, so no complaints at all there. If you have managed to get through it, do please leave me some feedback, either directly, or as a general opinion at the RM web topic below. If I do consider another book project, it will give me some valuable direction.
A Diorama book might be an idea, or possibly a further venture into applied landscape painting. Here’s a colourful L.N.E.R. duo staged in a window display interior.
Julian Stedman came to Bristol, and he has made progress with his 7mm scale ‘Penpergwm’ Brecon Beacons home layout.
Penpergwm..the gently curving rear panel has a good height allowance, and it has base colours to a low horizon line for seated operation. Some painting work will hopefully be undertaken by Ian Rathbone on the G.W.R. locomotive collection.
The backscene for Penpergwm is a real gift, with the distinctive profile of Blorenge to the left, and a set of interesting overlapping layers and contoured surfaces. The foreground details are also very lucky for such a remote location. Generate a Panorama.
I found a few old watercolours in the loft the other day, and one or two were by my grandad, Harry Taylor Bambrick who lived his later life in the suburbs of Coventry.
I’m not sure of the location, but I suspect a holiday in the lakes made Harry want to capture this view. Get back to me if you recognise it. H.T. Bambrick.
January 17th 2017
We will be at the Bristol UWE O Gauge show with CPL, and alongside us will be Crecy Publishing who have kindly produced the pop up display banner (pictured below).
Come along and see us, all the latest news and other details can be found on their page..
I’ll try and keep up with both enterprises as best I can! Thanks to Jeremy Pratt and Kevin Robertson for keeping up the interest, not forgetting Wendy Barratt who did the design. A number of other reviews have appeared since the last post, all with positive feedback so that’s good.
The photo section owes a great deal to the input and courtesy of John Ellis-Cockell and John Stockton-Wood who collaborated on Llanberis. I couldn’t use any black & white images in the book, because of showing the importance of colour matching, but it’s fine here, so here’s a monotone view over the goods yard.
A feature with some of my old Westcott pictures has been published on Mike & Kathryn Whatton’s ‘Lets go Loco’ website (see link below), but there will be a better set soon from Richard Chetland, captioned by Jack Anziani.
Let’s go Loco Westcott article
This is at Bucks Hill, but It’s a recent addition to Jack’s extensive L.M.S. collection. Richard Chetland.
This four wheeler is seen on the demonstration line.
I have just begun to correspond with some of the Missenden Abbey modellers about their projects, with a few previously registered participants attending, and a few new faces too. I have made many friends at these gatherings (which is one of the best things about Missenden, and due to a slight re-shuffle of tutors at the Spring weekend, Kevin Wilson will be taking the 7mm scale locomotive workshop instead of his usual Autumn dates.
I will be updating the Bucks Hill news and visiting loco pages when I can.
Kevin’s M.O.K. B.R. Standard 2-6-4T No 80105 moves past the 82G running shed.
Several projects will be moving from mock up stages, and on to the next steps of layering and rendering in detail. Here’s a 3D section of Westcott’s backscene starting directly behind the level crossing, which features a road continuation.
We will be doing layered, multi scaled 3D backscenes at Missenden, and this example provides a prototypical landscape drawn from period mapping. This reproduction portfolio view was recently featured in a Model Railway Journal edited by Gerry Beale. Layout by Martin Finney.
Some of the work at Missenden Abbey will be with 2D backscene rear panels, and this one appears behind Semley’s small stone and timber L.S.W.R. signalbox and corrugated parcels office. The fabulous P4 layout now has it’s most recent detail work in position. and the telegraph pole, station staff, barrows and parcels complete the scene to the very highest standard of presentation. Photo courtesy of Martin Finney.
January 5th 2017
Some of you will already know that the ownership of Ian Allan Publishing’s railway titles has recently been transferred to Crecy Publishing. In practical terms, the I.A. link to obtaining the existing titles still works, and the shops will remain as well but I must say I’m a bit sad about it really as my effort might be the last hardback to bear the famous name. Hopefully the Crecy listing will soon be up, but it’s early days for that as I’m sure there will be quite a lot of organising for them to undertake in the new year. On the positive side, I would very much like to thank all the reviewers who have posted their comments on Amazon and the main modeller’s forums,
The next printed review, as far as I know, will be Steve Flint’s write up, scheduled for the next issue of ‘Railway Modeller’ magazine to hit the shelves around Feb 10th.
The short book signing session at Pendon Museum turned out to be a great day out, and with fourteen copies sold, the volunteers made us feel at home and gave us a behind the scenes tour at the end.
There has been a great deal of work done, particularly on the Vale scene, with fantastic new buildings waiting to be seated in, as well as disused narrow canal locks, and it would be perfectly possible to add a layered 3D backscene along the lower edge as well if it turns out to be an approved idea.
Richard Chetland has taken a few more pics at Bucks Hill lately and a new feature of his work recording Jack Anziani’s collection will soon be published on the ‘Let’s go Loco’ contributors section. I’ll put a link to it when they have finished it and update the Westcott section here at the same time.
Len Bunn brought this fine Brassmasters ‘City of Truro’ along in monogram livery, and it took out a rake of L.N.W.R. Carriages on the up main. Richard Chetland.
It’s hardly ever possible to catch a whole train in a Bucks Hill photo, but Richard moved the tripod back a bit for this new pair of G.W.R. Auto trailers and their 517 Class tank locomotive.
Stanier Pacific No 6200 ‘The Princess Royal’ in weathered L.M.S. lake. Richard Chetland.
G.W.R. Churchward 2-8-0 No 2862 heads a long train of coal empties. Richard Chetland
L.M.S. Coronation class Streamlined pacific No 6244 ‘King George VI’ had originally been ‘City of Leeds’ until 1941, when it was patriotically re-named. The streamlined casings with their ‘speed whisker’ lining were removed in 1946/7 bringing the class back to conventional appearance, but fitted with smoke deflectors. Richard Chetland.
I have done a quick backscene mockup for the ‘Heaton Lodge’ 7mm scale 1980s layout, so we can try it in place in the next few months, some time before the builder must re-devote more time to the popularity of his company’s supercar driving days, which are coming round again in the springtime.
Heaton Lodge is near Huddersfield, in the Calder Valley, and the scenery for this mockup backscene has the trackbed of the overgrown and long disused Newtown goods line included as part of the landscape. The scene will be portrayed to match the colours and moods of the bleak season of winter in this part of the country, so the skies are grey, the ground is frosty and the trees are bare.
In contrast, this small backscene end panel is done in the summer, painted to accompany a 7mm scale version of the Great Eastern Railway’s Terminus station at Hadleigh, in the quiet Suffolk countryside between Sudbury to the east, and Ipswich to the east.
A detail from Hadleigh’s end panel, which is nearly done now. This view is what appeared looking North, with George Street’s cottages are to the left, the rear of the Methodist chapel at centre, and almshouses and malthouse roofs to right. There are still a few more details to add in the foreground. It’s all built over with housing now, and the town is still expanding.
This is what Hadleigh’s station forecourt looked like in 1911, with quite a lot of horse drawn wagons, and small G.E.R. tank locomotives busily shunting the sidings. Part of the old station still survives, but it is now surrounded by new private housing, instead of the Victorian malthouses.
Searching image libraries and historic mapping on the internet for reference is an inevitable part of familiarising myself with a railway locality. Most of the information that appears in searches can usually be quickly dismissed as irrelevant, and of course I do try not to get distracted by it!
So those are my best intentions, but of course I’m far from perfect so during a recent quest for backscene reference, I came across a web page that got the better of my curiosity. The page I stumbled across is linked here…..The train now departing
I have no connection with the ‘Gerald Massey’ archive other than as a very interested reader, but it certainly extends far beyond the study page of the early years of the London & Birmingham Railway, to include literature, maps and all sorts of other historical study areas. Be sure to explore the many indexes for an extraordinarily well compiled domain.
Coventry was regarded as one of the most important intermediate stations on the L&B line. ‘The spires of St. Michael’s church, 300 feet high, of the Holy Trinity, and of the Grey Friars, are the great ornament of the neighbourhood, and are seen to great advantage from the road. There is a splendid station here, whole staircases of stone, and every accommodation for the landing and departure of travellers. (The Standard, 18th September 1838). Situated a short distance to the south of the City, it would make a good subject for a contained diorama model, with its staircases and spires in the background. Bury 2-2-0 locomotives passing one another with passenger trains, and 0-4-0 locomotives working and shunting goods wagons. Gerald Massey.org.uk
A working pencil sketch for a painting of a Bury 2-2-0 of the same period
December 9th 2016
This is the ad that Ian Allan have put into Model Rail magazine, and I have had a few more positive reviews to notch up on Amazon and the internet forums too. It’s doing fine, and apparently, we managed to break the signing day record for I.A. as well as selling out the following day…… Very cool indeed, and quite a relief after that much effort.
I can put a few versions here from a set of recent pictures from a recent Bucks Hill running session, and some portraits from Jack Anziani’s collection, all done by Richard Chetland. These have benefitted from a new set of diffused lights, allowing different lens settings to the previous trials. When I can, I will get round to updating the B.H. & Westcott gallery pages on this site, with a larger set of colour versions.
Un-named Brittania Pacific No 70047 rounds the down main, leaning slightly on the curve. The model is by Masterpiece Models, and it has been at Bucks Hill for a while now. A recent weathering by Fred Lewis of Welsh Wizard loco works has taken the shine off, and the reduced reflections and highlights allowed the shot to come out well. Richard Chetland.
Detail of the motion and frames of Bucks Hill’s resident Ivatt Flying Pig mogul. This was built from an M.O.K. kit by Kevin, and just look at the quality. Well worth a close up study, photo by Richard Chetland.
A Black & white portrait of a Lee Marsh Jubilee No 5600 with L.M.S livery and carriages. Richard Chetland.
Lee Marsh Patriot No 5538 ‘Giggleswick’. Richard Chetland.
Large Prairie 5159 heads west on a local service, with an old clerestory behind the locomotive. Richard Chetland.
Westcott
No 4418 is turned at Westcott shed. Richard Chetland
Streamlined tramcar No 245 alongside an L.M.S. Omnibus, both polished and ready to go. Richard Chetland.
This weathered Lee Marsh L.M.S. Patriot class 4-6-0 was posed for Model Rail magazine’s recently published ‘Terminus’ photo set. Here No 5536 Private W. Wood V.C. backs onto its train, while a suburban service waits in Westcott’s bay platform. The townscape spreads out into the distance up the valley slope behind. Richard Chetland.
My favourite so far, G.W.R. 0-4-2T No 1430 runs out of the platform road. It actually appears in the early livery here, with Indian red frames and wheels. Richard Chetland.
December 1st 2016
The Warley show turned out to be a pretty good result, with 42 signed books on the Saturday. Everybody was happy with that, so of course my thanks go to all the people who made it happen, including the customers, some of whom bought more than one! The only drawback with participating is a very limited time window to see the show itself and with a show that size, it makes it even more noticeable.
I have since sent a copy to Tim Watson for the Copenhagen Fields library. The diorama was present at the N.E.C. , and some more work has now been done at the city end.
Copenhagen Fields originally surrounded Copenhagen House, the 17th-century residence of England’s Danish ambassador. The locality changed beyond all recognition as the main railway lines out to the east coast cut through here, with noise, animal markets and sidings full of wagons. Tim Watson & The Model Railway Club.
A few pictures from Bucks Hill running sessions, and some album pictures done in sepia & B/W
This Fowler 4F-C was tried out by Jack Anziani. The loco was built at Derby in Sept 1927, and it appears in it’s original livery.
G.W.R 4-4-0 No 3267 ‘Cornishman’. Original by Steve Flint.
C. B. Collett G.W.R. 0-6-0 No 2258. Original by Steve Flint.
Metropolitan Railway Sharp Stewart ‘D’ Class 2-4-0T No 76, with a mixed goods train. Original by David Lane.
Met ‘A’ Class No27 in a cutting with horse box No10.
November 25th 2016
Tomorrow is the day!… Keep an eye out on Saturday for Stand A31 at Warley. Tim Shackleton will also be reviewing the book for the next issue of Hornby Magazine.
To the right is the colourful upright stand banner from Ian Allan, but if you can’t make the N.E.C. or Pendon, just click on the link to mail order yours for Chr****as.
Ian Allan listing
Mike & Kathryn Whatton have kindly published two small features on landscaping models and listed me as a contributor to their ‘Let’s go Loco’ website, after a visit to Bucks Hill. A few excerpts from the book are edited in to give an idea of the content.
Article link
The Shed Diorama is done, barring a few tiny tweaks, and I’m hoping Chris Nevard will take an interest and include a little time from his busy schedule to take some multi focus pictures. The occupants will, in future represent the Great Western Railway instead of the Met.
Two Metropolitan Railway locomotives rest on shed, looking outdoors to another part of the depot. The building has been done as a survivor from the early Victorian period, with cast iron roof brackets, arched doors and round top windows. The roof has timber trusses and the whitewashed interior is peeling and dirty.
Old No 27 is a similar age to the shed itself and doesn’t see much use anymore. The big windows let the daylight flood in, and another shed can be seen in between the outer wall and the grass coaling stage incline beyond that. There are many layers of visible distance behind the ramp, with occupied carriage sidings and signalboxes, and a detailed town skyline can also be seen at the furthest distance.
Richard Chetland has bought some Photo floods to light some portraits of Jack Anziani’s collection, posed around Westcott. The following trial shots were taken to familiarise Richard with the available space, so we’ll do that when time permits, Chris Nevard’s previous picture set remains in waiting for a full feature in the next Model Rail Magazine bookazine.
Westcott has an ever increasing stud of L.M.S. locomotives made from kits by Jack Anziani. Bowen-Cooke 0-8-2T No 7885 is in weathered unlined black.
One of several Liverpool liner electric bogie trams.
90218 Riddles WD 2-8-0 with a characteristic layering of soot and dirt.
I can’t use sepia toned photographs in books and magazines dealing with backscenes because I need to show colour matching and so on, but it’s OK here and on the Bucks Hill site, so this is L.M.S. 0-6-0T No 11617 on shed at Westcott.
While I’m waiting for a new electricity power breaker for the workshop, I can get on with a small backscene end section for a lovely 7mm scaled layout of the Great Eastern railway’s terminus station at Hadleigh in Suffolk in 1911.
The station and it’s surrounding maltings appears at the bottom of this OS map, and the first backscene section (to the left) will need to look north, across a number of field boundaries, towards the north eastern part of this busy market town. The back of the Methodist Chapel can be seen from the station entrance, along with the other Almshouses, Malthouses, small dwellings, cottages and finally the Tower Mill.
November 3rd 2016
I will be attending the Warley National Model Railway Exhibition on the 26th of November in association with Bill Hudson Transport books, who have kindly allowed us a last minute corner of their trade stand for a small backscene demo.
The occasion will be the release of my first book, and my continued thanks go to all those who are still working hard to make the arrangements. I can make the Saturday from about 10.30 on, so it doesn’t matter what scale you work in, please do come along if there are any problems with your backscene, or you want to make sure your new project gets off on the right foot. Use the links below to visit the bookshop, and also to explore the sheer amount and variety of exhibits at the N.E.C. this year
Bill Hudson books
Warley Show
In addition to this, there will be an advertisement in a really exciting new magazine, also to be released at Warley. With nearly all the existing titles booked up with content months or years even in advance of publication, there’s plenty of room for more modelling work from model shops and other rail-related outlets. It’s actually free to pick up, and will make a great addition to what is a much bigger hobby than is generally perceived I think, so lets all welcome….
I can’t wait to see it, so to help introduce the title, here’s a quick description from Publisher Tim Hartley….
The Railway Magazine Modelling is a new publication from the publishers of The Railway Magazine, Rail Express and Heritage Railway. The Modelling magazine will be distributed nationwide across model shops and heritage railway lines and will primarily be aimed at beginners and returners to railway modelling, but with plenty of content and interest for the more experienced modeller and rail fan too.
Model shops and manufacturers will advertise to illustrate what’s available for this hobby and high-quality editorial – compiled by experienced journalist Sarah Palmer, and using a number of modelling experts and writers – will feature nostalgia, new models, how-to, model shop of the month and lots more. We’ll also be featuring steam heritage lines, museums and places to visit to get inspiration for the hobby.
Modelling will help answer some of the modelling questions thousands of readers want answered every month.
Their other titles can be found at…….www.classicmagazines.co.uk
If you happen to be passing the Thames valley area between Christmas and New year, I can include a reminder here that the Pendon Museum will re-open after the holiday break on the 30th of December. I will be doing a demo in the bookshop on this day, and they will also have the book in stock by then. If you can’t make Warley or you just need to get out of the house for a bit, then come along and see some of the latest additions.
The Priory & Godfreys. Original by Ian Smith
Dartmoor, with No 2844 heading a coal train. Original by Andy York.
Badminton crosses Acorn Bridge. Original by Tony Wright.
Wharf Cottage and Carpenter’s Arms. Original by Chris Nevard.
Richard Chetland is going to take some pictures of Jack Anziani’s collection soon, because there aren’t that many recorded images, certainly not a full set anyway. Here are some of his from the last few Bucks Hill running sessions, along with a few of my B/W efforts in between. I have done some more updating of recent activity, covering both running days and build projects on Kevin’s Bucks Hill in 7mm
John Edwards fine Drummond M7 with Westinghouse auto train equipment. Richard Chetland
D1011 Western Thunderer. Richard Chetland
A V2 runs light, tender first, but pauses in the down loop. long enough for a quick snapshot.
Lee Marsh Patriot No 5527
I took the CPL products trade stand along to the Binfield 7mm scale show at the weekend. The layouts were excellent, including the Princes Risborough club’s ‘Okehampton’, out for the first time and coming along very nicely. I bumped into Ian Clements, who now lives in Risboro’, and here’s a link to his ‘Chesham loco works’ site.
A pair of ex Somerset and Dorset 2-8-0s on Ian’s Highbridgewater 7mm scale layout.
October 10th 2016
I have received confirmation of the Missenden Abbey modelling Spring weekend, and the places are being snapped up very quickly indeed. The excerpts from the Abbey website explain the booking situation to this date, but do check back for official updates at;
Missenden Abbey Modellers homepage
Richard Chetland is working and researching the Birmingham Snow Hill diorama, but It is still very early days for this project, He has a great deal to do in just setting up the initial stages, like scanning and straightening all the relevant photographic reference. Importing a set of accurate 2D outlines as scaled elevations into a 3D design programme is the essential foundation, and this then allows the creation of 3D files that we know will fit together once printed.
The re-scaled and straightened Edwardian drawings of a Snow Hill roof support column can be seen here, isolated and projected as end and side elevations. The stages of modelling the component are generated directly from this reference, firstly as a basic polygonal framework, becoming progressively more detailed as the 2D information is projected into 3D. The early stages of setting up are shown and rendered here to show a work in progress.
A corner of platform canopy valance for Snow Hill. A number of different profiles will eventually be required for this large 7mm scale mirrored diorama.
As an alternative to 3D, there is always the etch process, and we will be using this as the ideal method of reproducing the Snow Hill staircases. Pictured below is another job, this time concentrating on the smaller rivetted canopy trusses at the G.W.R. Henley-on-Thames terminus.
Reference as good as this takes virtually all that annoying guesswork out of the job, you even get the intermediate trusses and the profiled timber canopy outline. At the time of drawing of course, it would have been just another day to day working specification, but the passage of time now allows us to see it differently, as a valuable document of another era.
Here’s an artwork to reproduce the G.W.R. canopy ironwork from the drawing. It does require assembly and folding, but it also represents a cheaper, alternative method to 3D when it comes to generating identical repeating components.
A gathering at Bucks Hill took place recently, and here are a few pics of newcomers trying out their running characteristics and responses to DCC, including the all important sound effects.
Collett 4575 class small prairie No 4584 in early B.R. unlined black heads west with a pick-up goods. The locomotive was built at Swindon in 1927 as a development of Churchward’s 4500 class and some of these were fitted with Auto train control gear for work in South Wales.
The fireman of this work stained L.M.S. 0-6-0 stands behind as the driver looks out of the cab’s grimy spectacle plate, (nearly all the ‘mooky’ early L.M.S. locos that appear are from the steady, but prolific hands of Jack Anziani)
This stunning L.N.W.R. Claughton was brought along by Jonathan Marcus. It was originally built by Geoff Holt, and has since had a little updating work done, along with a conversion to DCC. Here, it heads an equally impressive rake of Wolverton bogie stock.
This Adams Radial No 420 is from Jack’s collection, but was built by Chris Wesson. It pulls a short L.S.W.R. train including the six-wheeled Inspection saloon coach (visible behind the locomotive) which features a very finely detailed interior with passengers. The locomotive was built by Beyer Peacock in 1882 from a small batch of 12
The running shed diorama has now had its lighting system tested, and it has turned out to be about right. It has quite a bit of intensity, which deliberately throws a lot of bright ‘sun’ light through the big windows , making pools and shadows onto the dirty stone setts. The bright windows silhouette the outlines of the shedded engines, accentuating the gloomy, soot streaked interior.
I have used some of my old cardboard and sticky tape Metropolitan Railway engines to try out the effects, and it’s a real contrast that I want to see for this diorama, not an evenly lit commercial display. I’m happy with the glow of the warm sun in this picture, as it highlights the brick edge of the window aperture just in front of the engine’s smokebox. Although it”s blurry, the colours of a Great Western engine can be seen outdoors on the 3D backscene.
Both ends are mirrored, and one of the last few jobs before I hand the job over is to get some professional photography done using the clever multi focus step method. That will allow me to look along a row of engines from the opening end doors, while still keeping the whole picture in focus.
As a last point, I have taken an interest lately in the paintings of Algernon Newton, and if, like me, you do respond to good landscape painting, you might also find a pleasure in his work. This ‘painter of quiet distinction’ was born in Hampstead in 1888, a grandson of Henry Newton, one of the founders of Winsor & Newton, the famous art materials company.
He often painted canals or groups of factory buildings, but he also studied countryside, sometimes as views from railway carriage windows, without romanticizing or shrinking from any detail work. The paintings were usually created with poetic and restful compositions with a similar balance to those of Canaletto. He himself once wrote: “There is beauty to be found in everything, you only have to search for it; a gasometer can make as beautiful a picture as a palace on the Grand Canal, Venice. It simply depends on the artist’s vision.”
Newton, Algernon Cecil; Birmingham with the Hall of Memory 1929; Birmingham Museums Trust.
Newton, Algernon Cecil; The Backs of houses, Harley Street, London, 1925 (c) Museum of London.
September 22nd 2016
Still catching up with backlog work as best I can, some of which has sprung from the annual Guildex event at Telford’s International Centre. Thanks To Pat Legg for looking after me with the slightly revised CPL stand, it would have been near impossible without her support. With two 6ft tables, I was able to spread out a little, and place a few items of interest on display, along with Kevin’s superb CPL Dreadnought GWR dining saloon carriage in a diorama case.
There are now quite a number of carriage etches that have been sent for production, so obviously a big thanks to all those folks that placed orders, as well as the stock customers that have now nearly wiped me out of some of the castings stock altogether. One of the displays was an etch to produce a Lambourne Valley Railway 0-6-0T, which created some interest, so if you didn’t manage to make it to the show, here are a few of the details and a picture of a similar locomotive.
This one is Ealhswith, but the slightly later and larger Eadweade was also an outside cylinder O-6-OT, built for the Lambourne Valley Railway by the Hunslet Engine Company in June 1903 (works number 811), with 3′ 7″ wheels over a 10′ 6″ wheel base. It weighed 24 tons and was painted dark blue lined out in black and white
Eadweade had a copper capped chimney and a brass safety valve cover, and the nameplates were brass with a red background
It was sold to the Cambrian Railway Company in June 1904 where it became number 24, but under the grouping the Cambrian became a constituent of the enlarged G.W.R. The locomotive entered GW stock on 1st January 1922 becoming number 819 remaining in service until its withdrawal in March 1946.
There are no castings for this yet, but I will see what can be done to source a set of suitable patterns when I can. In the meantime, give me a call if you would like one etched in advance.
I will post a few more pics on Bucks Hill in 7mm, and take a few new ones at the next gathering which comes up later this week.
Mike Morris wanted to try out this Class 42 ‘Warship’, and it ran without any problems, D867’Zenith’ came from the second Swindon batch in early 1961, using a design adapted from the German V200 class. Twin 1135HP Maybach type engines drove Mekydro hydraulic transmissions all built under licence over here.
Lee Marsh Ex G.W.R Prairie No 4177 heads a local passenger train away from the up platform. The locomotive appears in weathered early BR lined black livery.
Pristine Lee Marsh Jubilee 4-6-0 No 5593 in L.M.S. lined black. The original was built in 1934 by the North British Locomotive Company of Glasgow, as works no 24151, to a design by William Stanier. In May 1936 it was named Kolhapur after a princely state in Western India.
One of the jobs I didn’t get round to before Telford was sorting out the details and reference for this experimental G.W.R. enclosed locomotive, which is one of four examples that appeared in 1906.
As well as 517 class 0-4-2Ts Nos 533 & 833, a pair of 2021 class 0-6-0Ts Nos 2120 (pictured here) & 2140 were partially disguised by this carriage profiled outer casing.
They turned out to be quite impractical, partly due to maintenance access issues and other difficulties like dirt soot and ash accumulation within the shell as well as excessive interior heat buildup making oiling round and other crew responsibilities uncomfortable. This is an outline of the 2021 class loco with some of the changes incorporated.
If you are after something a bit different for that Edwardian G.W.R. branch line terminus, I do have an etch to reproduce the shell in 7mm scale which has window beadings, footplate brackets and buffer beams but does need a profiled roof with hatches for the water tank fillers. Do bear in mind they had all been removed by 1911!
Even with the initial failure, the arrangement eventually became the most normal locomotive configuration on the railways of the world, as the inner workings of nearly all modern motive power units are enclosed with panelled outer casings.
No 2140, after the front shell section had been removed.
This Bulleid air smoothed light pacific No 34098 ‘Templecombe’ was built from the original Martin Finney kit, and this class will become one of the first re-releases from Finney7.
The backscene book is now completely out of my hands, and it rests with Ian Allan’s Print Manager. A schedule for binding, shipping and release will be announced when they have made their arrangements. Plans to market and advertise the title can be devised in the meantime, along with ideas to attend a possible trade show or exhibition with a demo table for a launch event. Malcolm Mitchell is in the process of writing and compiling a volume on the work of George Iliffe Stokes, so that will be certainly be one to collect, looking forward to that.
John Stockton-Wood’s Llanberis is one of the featured layouts, showing that with the right team of people, it’s sometimes possible to generate a specific pre-grouping backscene using edited digital images. This was actually recorded from the opposite bank of Llyn Padarn. Barry Norman.
I don’t have any very good pictures of the running shed diorama yet, but I just have to pick a day when I can get away to buy some mirrors for the end panels. This gives a hint of what it looks like, with a layered 3D backscene visible through the large windows in the rear wall. It features a coaling stage and sidings all within an industrial setting to skyline.
I used one of my old Metropolitan Railway engines to give a bit of scale to the shed. Eventually, the interior will be gloomy, with the daylight coming in through the windows.
To avoid duplication in a marketplace with limited demand, most of the CPL range concentrates on the equipment and accessories that are not covered by other suppliers. At the moment there is an adjustable length sprung bogie frame kit that accepts whitemetal or 3D cosmetic sides, but I found a 7mm etch for the Pullman 10 ft rivetted bogie as pictured below.
Many steam hauled Pullman Coaches were equipped with the unequalised rivetted plate 10 ft wheelbase bogies, so if you are struggling to find them in 7mm, let me know. The fold up etch contains the bogie frame with crossmembers, bolster and brake gear as well as separate overlays for the curved lower channel. Even the axleboxes and individual spring leaves are included, so certainly not a beginner’s etch, but quite an impressive level of authenticity is achievable with enough time spent.
August 14th 2016
Many projects are currently receiving attention this month, and I can mention a few of them here, along with some pictures to illustrate progress. A gathering took place at Bucks Hill recently, and some interesting new locomotives appeared. I will put the best images up on Bucks Hill in 7mm as soon as I can find the time, but in the meantime, here are a few to begin with.
James Aitken’s photogenic Drummond M7 0-4-4T No 35 in Southern livery will soon become a regular runner on the Princes Risborough club’s Okehampton layout. These capable side tank locos were developments from the Adams T1 class.
Jim Gander brought this pristine Churchward ‘Star’ No 4018 ‘Knight of the Grand Cross’. The Knight series of ten locos comprised Lot 173 of 1908. Photo by Richard Chetland.
Lee Marsh L.M.S. ‘Jubilee’ 4-6-0 No 5600 ‘Bermuda’ rounds the curve. It has now been weathered by Fred Lewis and it looks great with it’s hard working ‘in service’ look. I am currently sorting out a few pictures for Lee’s upcoming catalogue, and it might be a good one to include. Photo by Richard Chetland.
Detail from a Jack Anziani built L.M.S. 2-6-4T complete with ‘mook’. Detail by Richard Chetland.
The previous pics were taken by Richard Chetland, who has already produced a set of historically accurate 3D files from archived drawings. Some time ago these were successfully printed and assembled into a diorama of Bristol old station.
Temple Meads, in the mid Victorian period. The architectural detail for this was basically copied from the drawings, then generated in 3D.
More recently, he has been going over some newly provided reference, looking to reproduce another set of repeating roof truss and canopy components, also in 7mm scale. The subject this time, will hopefully be a new diorama depicting the Edwardian rebuild of Birmingham’s Snow Hill station. A couple of examples from the large file of reference drawings follow here for interest.
This quality of reference really shines through when it’s properly applied to a railway model. Each brick course and it’s colour is drawn and coloured by hand. The actual station is sadly lost, but with enough dedication and the right information, at least it could be reproduced again as a high quality miniature.
Part of the diorama side view would probably be the lower elevation of the stairs leading to the down platform in this combination drawing. Above is an end elevation of the staircases up to the enclosed footbridge, topped with brick and stone arches all resting on the massive girders that spanned the four sets of rails below.
As well as some preparatory work on Snow Hill, Richard has also generated a brand new 3D buttoned carriage seat for CPL, so here’s a first look. The top cushion is separate, leaving the lower back and squab as a single accurate component for use longitudinally below the windows in saloon carriages. The top can be cut about and used as raw material for upholstering the compartment inner seat sides and door panels too. The spacing allows the use of the Slaters partitions and armrests either for two or three seats abreast.
This render happens to show the assembly in green smoking compartment leather, but it can be presented in any colours just by spraying it satin for leather or matt for woven fabric
https://youtu.be/l3L_h_qd7kE ….. to see animated movie assembly sequence, Richard will also be considering a number of other ‘awkward to make’ components like dining car tablecloths and curtains.
Dave Thomas has sent a few pictures from his Great Western locomotive collection.
56xx weathered by Neil Podbery, this will soon hopefully take it’s place in an equally grubby running shed diorama.
2-6-2T No 4407 has received the same treatment
I now have an etch to produce the suspended ironwork and pulleys for a G.W.R. Goods loading gauge. The parts fit either the rail built standard type or the tapered wooden 1929 gallows type post.
Tapered wooden post arrangement.
Bullhead rail construction with bracing
Etch with ironwork, bracing, rivet detail and pulleys.
July 19th 2016
Another batch of winter trees is nearly ready for Heaton Lodge, a few of the slightly larger ones have now ‘taken root’ by the lineside fence. The baseboards will start to develop gradients soon as the burrowing junction to Huddersfield leaves the four track main line to Brighouse.
The boundary fence at the top of the cutting has seen better days. I will soon be doing a mockup for the 3D backscene, and it might be good to do the whole thing in lightweight alloy.
Thanks to Gerry Beale for writing up the Semley landscape in the latest MRJ portfolio, some really positive feedback and much appreciated too. It looks as though Martin will have the layout completely detailed and finished soon, allowing an in depth illustrated feature, (they could be there for some time).
A view over the Semley coal sidings looking north, with the panorama contours to the right.
The book cover has been through a few revisions since the beginning of the project, but it now has one of Chris Nevard’s Model Rail Magazine pictures on the rear cover, along with a few carefully chosen lines of Sue’s encouraging copy for point of sale/ bookshop customers. Only one last read though of the designed pages now and Nick and Kevin at Ian Allan will be ready to commit to print.
Single images to front and rear, with a cool grey background.
Still loads of work going on with CPL, some of which can be found on it’s own little temporary page at cplproducts.net
Still piles of really fine etchings to be listed and scanned, like numbers and name plates for instance, just to mention one of the dozens of product lines. No 16 originally had it’s individual brass numbers on the beaded rear splasher. Original by Chris Nevard/Model Rail Magazine
The unpolished Dean cab number etch.
Like many western engines, No 16 was modified in it’s later years to try and give it a bit more grunt. It lost the old numbers and some of it’s purity of line in the process.
I recently sent a 7mm scale test interior to Andy Stadden, and he has come up with yet more figures that will perfectly compliment Lee’s clerestory carriages and CPL interior kits as well. I suggested one gentleman figure reaching up to the luggage rack as a natural action when entering or leaving stations and so on. There are three new ladies and three gents, and they have all been designed to fit into the first or third classes. Really nice work done, can’t wait to see them in paint.
One of Lee’s production carriages
A sneak preview of the first class compt mockup, with new unpainted passengers.
I am working to complete a few more of the interior details, so bear with me while I make progress ASAP.
Finally, please do contact Phil Barnett at Abcissa websites if you need to design your website or tweak your existing page. Phil has been bailing me out for some time now when I get myself in a pickle. If this does happen to you on a regular basis (like me) just click the link below to get yourself free!
Abcissa
June 30th 2016
Thanks to Anthony Mead of the Princes Risborough M.C. for permission to use a couple of his Railex 2016 Awards photographs. The first is an overall view of the station area of Geoff Williams classic L.N.W.R. Aylesbury High Street layout which won the Best Layout award.
Congratulations to Tim Peacock, Andrew David, Mick Moignard and all the other volunteers who brought it back to life. It even made it onto local BBC television as a significant focus of local study and interest, so I have suggested the idea of getting it put back up one more time for a photo session with Chris Nevard.
It does look a little dated here and there, but in it’s day this was one of the very finest models around. No crude Dublo, only finely handmade EM stock, within an equally well researched and modelled locality. Anthony Mead/PRDMC
The other traditional award at Railex is for the best individual model (as a pose to a complete layout), and this year it was judged by Iain Rice. The recipient was Mark Fielder for his ‘An Clar’ diorama, or more specifically for it’s distant landscape and sky panel. Mark immediately credited his fellow small scale modelling colleague David Eveleigh for producing this background, explaining that it was actually done beforehand, with the rest of the layout colour matched and blended to it in 3D.
I’ll let the picture do the talking because for me it shows a perfect balance of a railway in the landscape, with neither element hiding away nor overpowering the other. It’s far from being an anonymous background, instead deliberately locating the model into this remote West of Ireland scene. Excellent work well rewarded IMHO. Anthony Mead/PRDMC.
Richard Foster and Chris Nevard have now allowed me to publish a few of their top quality Model Rail Magazine images in the book which will look great for chapter headers and so on. The finished pages are now only about a week or two from completion and final approval.
A super focus Bucks Hill image from Chris shows an 1884 built Dean Goods No 2354 on an up coal train. Chris Nevard/Model Rail.
The page design style is clean and easy to follow, with a great font, and tinted caption boxes to separate them from the body copy. Now and again, there is a design feature with a scenic or historic panorama (like this thumbnail view) included across a complete two page spread. Ian Allan Publishing.
It’s regatta season on the Thames, with Henley getting one’s Royal seal of approval. This quickie gouache picture shows the only very slightly less posh Marlow rowing event as it used to look when the old wooden rowing club house was still there by the bridge pier.
People & boats everywhere in this loose painting of the river
In contrast, I found a couple of pictures with more of a deserted feel in the corner of an old folder of unused magazine images.
Bucks Hill usually feels busy, but in this study, there’s nobody about, just a deserted wooden platform footbridge. Barry Norman
The back wall of a crossing keeper’s cottage in the Vale, alongside the Aylesbury and Buckingham Railway. David Lane.
The Binfield O gauge show will take place on Sunday 30th Oct. It’s near Bracknell, and there will be about 8 scenic layouts and 20 trade stands with catering and so on.
Hurley show
I will bring the CPL stock along if you need anything, so come along and stop by for a chat. I have to do some work on carriage interiors soon, with 3D printed upholstery, and tableware accessories for Lee’s first class dining saloons.
The big windows really show the interior of this Dreadnought dining saloon. I do have the carved mahogany seat ends done as etched overlays and the brass luggage racks above with their fine mesh grilles can be soldered on top for strength, but the tables still need to be laid with plates, cutlery, glasses , posh folded napkins and toast racks.
12th June 2016
A small gathering at Bucks Hill yesterday, with a few visiting locos taking turns and a bit of a catch up chat.
Ian Rathbone brought this fine Robinson 8K 2-8-0 along, and it took a long coal train slowly round. No 3017 was originally built by North British at Queens Park Works for the Royal Engineers to be shipped to France, but as the Armistice and 1919 came, it was sold to the GWR and sent to Neath instead.
Alex Brown brought this pristine early British Railways blue Princess Royal No 46208 ‘Princess Helena Victoria’ and here the 1935 built Stanier Pacific heads an L.M.S. express westwards. In fact, Helena Victoria was a granddaughter of Victoria, and of course had a list of many more forenames, but she was more often simply called ‘Thora’. The locomotives were also simplified in name after the second member of the class, and they became known by the railwaymen as Lizzie’s. Locomotive by Lee Marsh Model Co
It might be good to do a monochrome album of the earlier period Bucks Hill stock, just in it’s own page on Kevin’s site. It’s a bit too far out in terms of content for the newsstand magazines, but it’s OK on the web.
Original by Chris Nevard
Original by Chris Nevard
Original by Chris Nevard
Same treatment for a gouache painting, turning it into an etch print look.
Simon Hill tried out a newly made Bullied Pacific, and brought this recently built CPL late period GWR Full Brake.
May 25th 2016
The Railex show is this weekend, and I have helped the Princes Risborough club out with a bit of minor tidying up on the Aylesbury LNWR EM layout. The rest of the line up is excellent as usual, so do make the trip if you can.
The ‘Art of Modelling’ has Lee’s Terminus and Kevin’s Bucks Hill in Edwardian period, both by Chris Nevard, and that comes out with colour pictures in the next few days as well.
The first feature is Terminus, and this is one of the elevated views. It’s presented here as a cropped black and white thumbnail, with two late thirties L.M.S. cross country trains at the buffers. Original by Chris Nevard.
The Bucks Hill introductory picture shows an up double header, with one of Lee’s Dean Singles piloting 2-4-0 No 3242. Chris Nevard.
No 976 was an 1874 Armstrong 455 class ‘Metro’ tank, and here it crosses the stone occupation arch to the south of Ewyas Harold. Some of these were were kept at Swindon, Oxford and Gloucester after their spells in London’s tunneled lines, while others were also seen in South Wales and in the West of England. They sometimes hauled main-line trains, being capable of remarkably fast running on the open sections. Original by Chris Nevard
The ‘Creating a Backscene’ book is now with the designer to have it’s page layouts sorted out professionally, and this has highlighted a few poor resolution images. Most of these are now improved, and the proposed layout with it’s boxed features looks great.
Thanks to the SS Great Britain trust for sorting me out a good copy of one of Brunel’s sketches. This one goes in the ‘Reference’ chapter. UNIVERSITY of BRISTOL ARCHAEOLOGY Dept.
A recent gathering at Bucks Hill brought a large number of modellers together, and quite a few visiting locomotives took turns. Here are a few of them, and of course, there are many more to be found on Kevin’s site, including details of his own newly built locos.
This is a recently built De-Glehn compound atlantic, partially disassembled in readiness for painting.
A new addition to Jack Anziani’s collection is this 47xx night owl 2-8-0. In this view, it passes an old double framed engine waiting in the down loop with a slower train.
Barry Norman attended a recent running session, and tried out his L.N.W.R. 18″ Cauliflower 0-6-0
There are many more, but Keith Ettle came along and subsequently sent Kevin a set of archived photos from Ewyas Lacy, near Pontrilas.
Just one of the pictures shows the unloading of large stones, probably during the Second war period, at a twin arch viaduct between Pontrilas Station and the Branch Engine Shed. These were to replace washed out soil, as these arches to the North west of the junction supported the single Golden valley line as it headed towards Abbeydore above a flood plain.
The twin arches can be seen here in a backscene detail crop, as the single line crosses the scene from left to right.
I now have an etch to allow the easy construction of the lovely old wrought Iron estate type railings for farm and manor houses. It’s 7mm scale, but I could get different scales done.
The railings can be seen running parallel to the small lane alongside this stretch of line. They can be soldered in a simple jig to make a very robust but accurate model.
There is also a kit for a kissing gate to go with the railings.
Let me know if you would like some of this, it might be just the thing if you have modelled an estate boundary at your lineside.
Peter Mann came along to the larger scales show at Reading Rivermead and spoke about his backscene, and he has since sent in a few pictures of his 3D work on Merney junction, with several different scales, so here’s a view of part of the layout.
I made the trip to Coleshill during the week to have a look at the new Heaton Lodge layout, and see what needs doing to make it’s backscene. A series of accurately joined aluminium panels should do the trick, with easy large radius curves spaced away from the baseboards for 3D.
One of the hundreds of winter trees for the lineside.
April 12th 2016
Thanks to Richard Foster and George Dent for their ‘Model Rail’ write up of the ‘Terminus’ diorama.
I had no idea it was scheduled to appear on the cover! It’s a great issue, and there are many more Chris Nevard studies published within. An ‘Art of Modelling’ special feature will be available from May 26th, with more ‘Terminus’ pictures and some Edwardian period Bucks Hill as well.
http://www.model-rail.co.uk/
The theme for the May issue is Stations, and this scene is set in the late 30s, with a pair of Jack Anziani’s weathered Lee Marsh L.M.S. 4-6-0s at the buffers. Fowler Patriot No 5536 ‘ Private W. Wood VC’, and Stanier ‘Jubilee’ No 5584 ‘North West Frontier’ both appear in lined lake livery. A couple of differently cropped thumbnails taken from the Chris Nevard images follow here just in B/W.
These are from the new range of Andy Stadden 7mm scale 1930s standing passengers, and the article looks at social grouping of figures and the atmosphere of stations as well as including the ambient sounds into the background by grouping and editing them into MP-3 loops.
No need for any ballast under the glazed roof, the firemen can jump down onto the dirty wooden baulks and duck under the buffers to uncouple. One of the brass name plates from ‘Patriot’ No 5536 ‘Private W. Wood V. C.’ can be found at the Regimental Museum of The Northumberland Fusiliers at Alnwick Castle in Northumberland. In a few years we can see this happening for real, as ‘The Unknown Warrior’ new build is determined to turn back the clock.
Contribute to the cause at……http://lms-patriot.org.uk/
Three 12 year old lads are rewarded for their patience when a diesel electric locomotive shakes the ground as it passes Heaton Lodge with its train of hoppers. Time has passed, and one of the lads in the shot is now working on a model of the junction, and it’s locality. A few pictures of the long four track main line follow, even though the project is still in its early stages.
Heaton Lodge junction with a westbound coal train about to cross the low arched bridge over Wood Lane. The dive under lines behind are on a slope leading down to a flying crossover about a quarter mile to the west of this point, and the Calder navigation lies unseen below the treeline. Photo Bill Jamieson
This is Woodend Road bridge, Mirfield, as it looked in the eighties, with a tubular steel signal bracket reaching over four sets of concrete sleepered tracks.
The lineside road is detailed as a poorly maintained thoroughfare, with patched asphalt, potholes and puddles. The shrub trees are bare of leaves, and the scene is bleak and wintry.
Two rivers form a confluence to the south of the junction with the Colne flowing into the Calder. The valley of the former can be seen in this panorama section, heading away south towards the furthest visible point of the scene, (lined in red).
As luck would have it, a disused line also appears to the south. This is summer reference, but Heaton Lodge is set in deep winter, so the trees will stand bare in cold, grey conditions.
Follow the progress and see more of this undertaking at;
http://www.pistonheads.com/gassing/topic.asp?h=0&f=159&t=1574695
Stuart Holt sent this scene which he spent some time on at Missenden Abbey. It’s done as a small mockup diorama of what will become a finished presentation of St Donats, with a set of 4mm scale rails to foreground, with progressive reduced scale layers beyond.
Taking shape, the mocked -up view over the Bristol Channel towards Exmoor, with big skies and warm sunlight picking out the lighthouse and the farm as they stand against the grey expanse of water.
Follow the progress in more detail at ; http://stdonats1963.blogspot.co.uk/
A recent gathering at Bucks Hill saw mostly regular faces in attendance this time, with a number of visiting locomotives…
This Dean ‘Kruger’ was built by Simon Hill, with the customary level of detail that he always includes. From the more lofty viewpoints, the reciprocating rods working between the frames are quite visible on these. 2602 was the prototype for the 2-6-0s and was built in 1899, but none of them lasted very long, due to a series of reliability problems including the long 28″ internal crank throws giving trouble with axle breakages.
Four cylinder Stanier pacific No 6205 ‘Princess Victoria’ passes Ewyas Harold with a heavy L.M.S. passenger train. The pristine Lee Marsh locomotive is seen in it’s mid 1930s condition.
Variations of Princess Royal valve motion arrangements can be seen in this picture, with rocking shafts for the inside cylinders to the left, and motion sets on the right.
Simon also volunteers at the Bredgar and Wormshill 2ft gauge railway in Kent. This has led to an interest in 16mm scale narrow gauge, and here is a superb scratchbuilt saddle tank locomotive in progress in this popular scale.
Jack Anziani built this Fowler 4P-D 2-6-4T and brought it along for a test run. 2409 was originally built at Derby in 1927.
The backscene introduction article comes out in the May 2016 Railway Modeller, hopefully to be on the shelves by the 14th of this month, I’ve crammed in as much as I could, and they have kept the pictures fairly small so I hope it comes in handy.
There is also a follow up one with how to get the best from a digitally generated panorama, but it isn’t approved yet so it’s a bit soon….we’ll see.
Thanks to Kathryn at Let’s go Loco for running my CPL listing, do make sure to visit their latest news section for an interesting read. There will also be one in the Gauge O Guild Gazette, and the UK Model shops registry. This new contact details ad will appear in the Gazette and the MRJ shortly.
March 20th 2016
Over the next few months, I am going to try and put Pat Legg’s excellent CPL Products into a catalog website. The range can be listed and put into headed pages for each area, one for couplings, another for carriage etches. For the time being, I have published a few small cover pages which will hopefully give an idea of the appearance.
Presenting the separate components on their own spool webpage will allow plenty of room, so I can free up on space and make a nice open layout with big drawings and so on. Studying the information will be easy and pleasant…..eventually.
By all means pay a quick visit to the temporary site via the link below
http://www.cplproducts.net/
Bear with me as I get all the listings and photographs inserted, as I must run the work alongside existing diorama commissions. In a little over a week or so from now, hopefully I can get going, so there will be more details ASAP.
The full colour logo has a deliberate patina for added character.
CPL 7mm scale components on a fine L.M.S. corridor coach.
The book cover picture has had a slight retouch to rectify a bent radius rod, and all of Nick and Sue’s fully edited and compiled document is now in the hands of their chosen designer. A creative sample layout can then be discussed at what will probably be my last meeting before final approval, print and PR launch.
The front cover pic is done, the rear one is OK, and I have submitted the list of acknowledgements. The inside cover blurb needs sorting but I think thats about it now.
The 2015 ‘Railway Book of the Year Awards’ ceremony took place in Waterloo last week, and Michelle and I were invited. It was very well attended by authors and publishers alike in a very pleasant atmosphere. The gathering was first addressed by the Ian Allan directors, who then asked Sir William McAlpine to speak, which he did most eloquently. All in all, a good evening and a bit of a change from the norm.
The Missenden Abbey Spring modellers weekend went fine, and in the end seven managed to make it to my backscene class. I tried to pace it so we progressed through a sequence of stages from basic plotting, digital contours, all the way to separate coloured layers and textures. Bit of a squeeze, but some good test sections appeared by Sunday afternoon.
An example of typical preparation for a test panel, with a photographic overlay onto a digital panorama.. This one was for Ian Haynes, who was planning a section looking east to back up a diorama model of the Great Western Railway’s Shipston-on-Stour station in the Cotswolds. It will eventually appear in 3D, turning the clock back a hundred years, with smaller field boundaries, and a few of the town buildings to the extreme right.
Stuart Holt came again this year, and will hopefully be sending me some pictures of a new diorama looking south over the Bristol Channel from St Donats in South Wales towards Minehead, and the North Somerset coast. Many builders at Missenden were researching backgrounds for prototype models within time windows from late Victorian to the mid 1980s.
Alan Buttler of Modelu made a success of his first 3D modelling class at the Abbey with an exercise subject of the station building at Chinnor.
Thanks to Chris Langdon, David Brandreth and everyone at the weekend for a good effort.
Lee has sent me a better photo of the 3’6″ electric loco he brought along to Bucks Hill at the last gathering. He now has two of these for sale and they would make a fabulous pair on a Japanese mountain layout.
Amazing detail, and a rare chance to pick up a pair of these differently numbered Bo-Bo-Bo electrics of the Japanese State Railways.
Lee’s 3D designer has come up with an elevation of the iconic Gresley A1/A3 Pacific, and I have a suspicion this limited run will be reserved sooner rather than later.
Check the links page for more details on this run.
Geoff Williams Aylesbury High Street backscene still needs a little attention before Railex. At the extreme right hand end is a view of St James the Great, Bierton’s 14th century church and its vicarage. As luck would have it, the rear of the building was beautifully painted by Rex Whistler in 1940 just a few years before he was tragically lost in a tank battle in the second war.
Rex Whistler. Two Ladies Taking Tea in the Vicarage Garden at Bierton, Buckinghamshire in 1940. The stone corner buttress of the church appears to right, and the summer sun casts lovely shadows.
The extreme R.H. end of the backscene with St James the Great, vicarage and cottages about 1910.
March 2nd 2016
A brief visit to Ian Allan Publications at Weybridge earlier this week, with the edited book manuscript. The next step will be to look at the page design, and there are some really good possibilities for creative layouts. It’s a very exciting stage, so bear with us as we find out the timescales and workloads. Thanks go to Nick and the editorial staff for being patient with me.
My reproduction Plymouth Hemi engine has now returned from it’s dynamometer set-up, with a graph readout peaking at 725HP so that’s also a very cool piece of news. My old friend who did the set-up for me also returned a portfolio of illustrations he borrowed some time ago, and here are a few pictures from it that I had forgotten all about…
This airbrushed picture could do with a little more detail and texture here and there, but I’ll put it in for now. It shows G.W.R. ‘Star’ class No 4027 ‘Norwegian Monarch’. The four cylinder locomotive was built as ‘KIng Henry’ in 1909,and initially allocated to Old Oak Common. Re-named and altered again in 1927, it lasted till the end of 1934, but fortunately, ‘Lode Star’ can still be seen in perfect Swindon condition at the National Railway Museum in York.
An airbrushed cutaway of the clever and stylish Lancia Aurelia, which had a number of interesting features like a compact 60 degree V6 front engine, fully independent suspension, with a transaxle and clutch assembly at the rear, flanked by inboard drum brakes, helping to reduce the unsprung weight.
This fine looking Marsh J class 4-6-2T No 2326 was to have been named ‘Grosvenor’, but in the event became ‘Bessborough’ when it emerged from Eastleigh as one of a slightly dissimilar pair designed as express locomotives in 1912. The sister engine ‘Abergavenny’ had different valve gear and larger tanks.
University College Oxford as it used to look. It’s in shadow here, on the south side of The High in about 1900. Most pictures look the other way at the north side towards Carfax.
Tim Shackleton sent me another view of the goods depot at the end of his layout. He has been building it with reduced scale layers as a feature, and the latest progress now features three sizes, as the sidings visually recede to distance.
It’s an illusion that the yard sidings are quite wide and spaced apart, actually three proprietary scales of model are fooling our eyes into perceiving depth. Tim Shackleton.
February 17th 2016
Thanks to Bob Savage, and the Bristol O gaugers for putting on a very well organised show at the UWE conference centre. The place just buzzed all day long, so thanks also to all the backscene enthusiasts who stopped at my demo table to chat about their projects. I really appreciate it so stay in touch and send me progress pictures as you go through the job.
Dave Stone always stops by when we demo at Bristol, and his wonderful ‘Sherton Abbas’ diorama layout will soon be treated to some backscene work. One of my favourite projects in all respects, it will be hand painted, featuring gentle rolling hills to distance. Original by Dave Stone.
Missenden Abbey is up next, so I will be running about picking up new brushes and cutting up mounting card to do test pieces. I also need to make some more easels for propping up pictures and one each for the nine students.
We can look at skies as part of the test section, and like fingerprints, no two are quite the same, so always check back and study from reference.
There may be a half hour talk to give on layout surroundings coming up at the 70 strong Scaleseven group convention. This will take place later this year near Glastonbury in Somerset.
It looks as if the next diorama will take us inside a locomotive running shed, looking out of a gloomy interior at the contrast of a brightly lit outdoor scene. I have some research to do, not only to include the architectural detail and clutter, but also to strike the balance of shadows falling between pools of light, and the way the locomotives will affect this when introduced. A few 3D mockups will help to encourage good lighting directions and intensities.
A gathering took place at Bucks Hill yesterday, and I will be including a few pictures on ‘Bucks Hill in 7mm’ shortly. The most recent loco build has now returned as a set of painted and lined assemblies, which have now been put together by Kevin.
This Gooch ‘Rover’ class single wheeler has been away with Alan Brackenborough, who brought the finished parts back to the Bristol O gauge event a few weeks ago. It just needs a tender full of big coal lumps and a crew to finish it off, but my pictures don’t do it justice. Have a look at ‘Bucks Hill in 7mm’ for some closer views
These must have been quite something to see at over sixty with an express. An iconic loco captured in breathtaking detail.
There are relatively few locomotives that are the wrong gauge for the layout, but they are no less interesting to study, and Lee Marsh came along to show this amazingly detailed Japanese 3′ 6″ electric Bo-Bo-Bo locomotive.
My picture could be sharper, but the attention to tiny detail on this is fantastic. the doors open, the cab has everything separately fitted inside and it has six profiled and geared traction motors. even the working flexible wire feeds for them are present beneath the floor!
A few more views with visiting locomotives follow here….
Nigel Smith brought this hissing L.M.S. Garratt along, which was too long for my lens focus. After obligingly stopping for a picture, it very slowly re-started the heavy coal train on a bend, disappearing from view but still able to hear the sound of the two engines out of sync with each other accelerating the train away until the brake van passed by some time later.
Jack Anziani brought a variety of locomotives, including this Austerity ‘Dub Dee’ 2-8-0 which still needs balance weights for correct appearance, but makes up for it by being covered in ‘mook’ as Jack puts it.
Another L.N.W.R. Webb ‘Jumbo’ from Jack’s collection, this time No 5005 ‘Pitt’. Originally No 1522, I have no idea as to whether it commemorated the elder or the younger!
A pair of Welsh valley 0-6-2Ts, as Nigel’s pilots Dave Thomas’s G.W.R. example bunker first. Re-starting from this pause, the train engine slipped intermittently until it gathered enough speed.
